trip to las vegas itinerary

The Perfect 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 7-Day Las Vegas Itineraries

Home | Travel | North America | United States | Nevada | Vegas | The Perfect 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 & 7-Day Las Vegas Itineraries

When traveling abroad, get a policy from one of the  best travel insurance companies . Y ou can get a  5% discount   on Heymondo , the only insurance that pays medical bills upfront for you, HERE!

Whether it’s your first time in Sin City or you’ve been here before, it helps to have a Las Vegas itinerary to make the most of your trip.

Taking the time to plan which activities you’ll do and when will save you lots of aggravation while maximizing your time. To make it even easier, this guide includes some Las Vegas itinerary templates .

While I’ve included ideas for up to a week in Vegas, 2-3 days is enough to see the best attractions. Of course, if you have more time, you can take advantage of even more cool things to do outside Las Vegas . I also recommend getting a Las Vegas city pass and reading our guide on where to stay in Las Vegas   and our guide on how to plan a trip to Las Vegas.

The Perfect 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, & 7-Day Las Vegas Itineraries

Finally, remember that these itineraries are just ideas, and your agenda will depend on your interests and budget. You may prefer to stick to activities on the Strip, or you may want to take a day trip from Las Vegas !

• Las Vegas in a day , a Las Vegas birthday itinerary idea
• 2-day Las Vegas itinerary , the best Las Vegas weekend itinerary
• 3-day Las Vegas itinerary , a Las Vegas bachelor party itinerary idea
• 4-day Las Vegas itinerary , a romantic Las Vegas couples itinerary
• 5-day Las Vegas itinerary , the perfect first-time Vegas itinerary
• 7 days in Las Vegas itinerary , the best Las Vegas family vacation itinerary

Keep reading to see my suggested Las Vegas weekend itinerary and ideas for birthdays, family vacations, and couples getaways in Sin City .

Las Vegas in a day, a Las Vegas birthday itinerary idea

If you’re going to do Las Vegas in a day , you need to be meticulous in your planning. This Las Vegas itinerary is a good place to start because it includes the top Vegas attractions that any visitor to Sin City should see.

First, opt for a ticket for the Hop-On/Hop-Off bus , which will let you easily move from one spot to the next. The bus tour travels along the Strip and Downtown, making 9 stops and arriving every 45 minutes. You can get on and off at your leisure at the Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas Sign , the STRAT , and other landmarks.

One of those stops is the LINQ Promenade , a haven for shopping, dining, and entertainment. The centerpiece attraction is the High Roller , one of the world’s largest observation wheels.

I also recommend spending your day at some of the best hotels in Las Vegas . For example, The Venetian is home to the Grand Canal Shoppes and Madame Tussauds . It’s also worth seeing the Bellagio Fountains and the Eiffel Tower at Paris Las Vegas .

Las Vegas in a day itinerary

Begin your day in Las Vegas by visiting the Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas Sign . You can catch the Hop-On/Hop-Off bus  there and take it to the LINQ Promenade .

After exploring this entertainment area, hop back on the bus and get a tour of Downtown Las Vegas . If you’re not interested in downtown, you can walk over to The Venetian and check out Madame Tussauds and the gondola rides at the Grand Canal Shoppes .

Later, head back to the LINQ Promenade and ride the High Roller during sunset. At night, walk to the Eiffel Tower at Paris Las Vegas , where you’ll have a great view of the Bellagio Fountains . The water show is one of the best free things to do in Vegas , although if you want to see it from the Paris viewing deck, you should reserve a ticket  (It is also included at the Las Vegas All-Inclusive Pass  ).

2-day Las Vegas itinerary, the best Las Vegas weekend itinerary

If you’re wondering what to do in Vegas for the weekend , you have plenty of options. A 2-day Las Vegas itinerary allows you to make the most of your trip and even venture a bit outside the city. Weekends are also the best time to plan a birthday or friends’ trip because you can see the main attractions and enjoy the nightlife.

I recommend taking the Hop-On/Hop-Off bus  during the day to see some landmarks and popular resorts. For example, New York-New York has the Big Apple Coaster and Arcade , which is fun for all ages.

Then, you can take the bus downtown and take in the Fremont Street Experience and other attractions in downtown Las Vegas . Shortly before sunset, head to the LINQ Promenade and ride the High Roller . Then, enjoy the city views at night atop the SkyPod at the STRAT .

With another day in Vegas , you can use the first half for a Hoover Dam tour. Then, rest up before hitting a Vegas pool party or doing a bar crawl .

Las Vegas 2-day itinerary

Seeing the Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas Sign is a rite of passage, so start there. This is also where you can catch the Hop-On/Hop-Off bus , which will transport you around the Strip.

If you like thrill rides, stop at New York-New York ‘s Big Apple Coaster before continuing downtown. Then you can do the Las Vegas Downtown – Fremont St. walking tour , one of the best things to do in downtown Las Vegas .

Later on, head to the LINQ Promenade , where you can eat, shop, and ride the High Roller . You can also get awesome views from the 1,149-foot-tall SkyPod at the STRAT . The SkyPod has a late-night bar and lounge, so it’s the perfect place to wrap up a Las Vegas couples itinerary .

A Las Vegas weekend itinerary is ideal because you can experience some daytime activities in Las Vegas before diving into the nightlife.

First, take a break from the Strip with a half-day Hoover Dam tour . When you return to Vegas, take a quick break, then do go to a pool party in Las Vegas. If that’s not your thing, you can take in the scene at Fremont Street , perhaps with a ride on the SlotZilla zip line or a visit to the Mob Museum , one of the best Las Vegas museums .

In the evening, grab cocktails at a swanky lounge or do a bar crawl .

3-day Las Vegas itinerary, a Las Vegas bachelor party itinerary idea

Throwing a bachelor party in Las Vegas is quite the experience and your chance to go all out on activities. A 3-day Las Vegas itinerary gives you enough time to go wild in the city and explore the natural surroundings, too.

You can start this Las Vegas bachelor party itinerary with some go-kart racing at Las Vegas Mini Grand Prix . Then, take a midday break at the LINQ Promenade . In the evening, pre-game at Señor Frogs’ open bar , then go clubbing.

For day 2 of this bachelor/bachelorette itinerary in Las Vegas , take a break from the Strip. I recommend exploring one of the most impressive natural wonders near Vegas, the Grand Canyon . Here, you can hike to some magnificent viewpoints and capture incredible photos.

On the last day, spend the morning doing one of the most popular activities for bachelor/bachelorette parties in Las Vegas, like blasting a few rounds at a shooting range, playing paintball, or even enjoying a morning in the Spa. Then, check out the hottest Vegas pool parties . If you prefer to stay dry, check out the Fremont Street Experience downtown.

To cap off your Las Vegas itinerary , do a bar crawl and enjoy the drinks and music.

Las Vegas 3-day itinerary

Begin your 3-day Las Vegas itinerary with a thrilling go-kart race at Las Vegas Mini Grand Prix . It’s especially fun with friends, and it’s a good way to escape the crowds for a bit.

Once you return to the Boulevard, visit the LINQ Promenade . Here, you can grab a bite to eat, do some shopping, ride the High Roller , and check out the other attractions.

After dark, gear up for an exhilarating evening at Señor Frogs’ open bar , then enjoy yourself in one of the best nightclubs in Las Vegas .

I suggest dedicating the second day of your Las Vegas itinerary to a day trip, like the Grand Canyon . The great thing about Sin City is that it’s close to so many beautiful natural areas. What could be better than visiting this wondrous canyon?

While you’re here, check out some of the best lookout points and hiking spots. You may even want to consider a Grand Canyon helicopter tour to make the event extra special.

If you need some Las Vegas trip ideas for your last day in the city, consider one of the most popular activities for bachelor parties such as paintball, going to a shooting range, or axe throwing. If that is not your thing, your team may enjoy spending the morning at one of the museums in Vegas . The Erotic Heritage Museum is lots of fun and quite fitting for a bachelorette party!

Upon returning to the Strip, suit up for a wild party at some of the best pools in Las Vegas . Or for something quieter, the Fremont Street walking tour is a great alternative.

To round out your night, a Vegas bar crawl is a popular Las Vegas bachelor party idea .

4-day Las Vegas itinerary, a romantic Las Vegas couples itinerary

With a 4-day Las Vegas itinerary , you can take full advantage of the best things to do in Vegas . I still recommend taking the Hop-On/Hop-Off bus  because it’ll take you along the Strip and downtown.

Also, be sure to check out the LINQ Promenade and consider visiting the nearby Springs Preserve . You can round out day 1 with the Bellagio Fountains show, maybe from the Eiffel Tower at Paris Hotel.

After that whirlwind day, you’ll appreciate getting away from the city with a visit to the Grand Canyon . Then, on day 3, spend the morning in one of the best spas in the City. And after that, for a couple’s itinerary in Las Vegas , the Erotic Heritage Museum is a great idea. Another fun thing to do in Las Vegas as a couple is to go to the STRAT SkyPod for after-dinner drinks.

Finally, spend your last day taking a day tour to Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend, or Zion National Park . You can’t go wrong with either option, as they’re some of the best day trips from Vegas .

Las Vegas 4-day itinerary

For your first day in Sin City, I recommend getting a head-start by visiting the Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas Sign . Capture a memorable photo, then catch the Hop-On/Hop-Off bus , which will take you around the Strip.

Then, take a break from the Boulevard and visit one of the top attractions outside Las Vegas , like the  Springs Preserve .

Afterward, return to the Strip or check out downtown Las Vegas with a Fremont Street walking tour . If you want to stay on the Strip, I recommend going to Madame Tussauds at The Venetian and the gondolas at the Grand Canal Shoppes .

Then, stop at the LINQ Promenade and enjoy a sunset ride on the High Roller . At night, walk to the Eiffel Tower at Paris Las Vegas to watch the Bellagio Fountains . It’s one of the best things to do in Las Vegas at night , although if you want to see it from the Paris viewing deck, you should reserve a ticket .

For one of the most exciting Las Vegas family vacation itineraries , you must visit the Grand Canyon . This national park is absolutely gorgeous, so it’s a wonderful place to visit as a couple, with friends, or with children. Plus, on the way, you’ll pass the Hoover Dam , another place worth visiting.

Once you get to Grand Canyon Village , also known as the South Rim, you can see some of the most famous lookout points. One of the best is Hopi Point , where you can get panoramic views of the canyon, but if you want to have a completely different view of the canyon, I can’t recommend enough taking a helicopter tour at Grand Canyon.

After your day trip from the day before, rejuvenate with a massage or treatment at one of Las Vegas’ best spas . Then, use your free time exploring the Strip and doing some couples’ activities in Vegas . A few ideas are the Ethel M Chocolates Factory or the Fremont Street Experience .

In the evening, go to the Erotic Heritage Museum and visit the SkyPod at the STRAT . It’s one of the coolest rooftop bars in Las Vegas and the perfect way to end day 3 of this Las Vegas itinerary .

To end your 4-day Las Vegas itinerary , take a day tour to a nearby attraction. There are so many awesome day trips from Las Vegas , so it can be hard to choose. I recommend going to Zion National Park or visiting Antelope Canyon and neighboring Horseshoe Bend .

If you visit Zion National Park , you’re in for a treat because this place is full of beautiful hikes, overlooks, and natural structures. The hike at Angels Landing is a must-do, and you shouldn’t miss the iconic views at Court of the Patriarchs and the Virgin River .

The other day trip I recommend is Antelope Canyon , a gorgeous slot canyon with red, water-carved curves. Bring your camera, because when the light filters through the canyon walls, it’s one of the most ethereal scenes.

Plus, Antelope Canyon is very close to Horseshoe Bend , so you can visit both in one day. This imposing meander on the Colorado River is 984 feet tall, so you can imagine the views from here. It’s certainly worth adding to your Las Vegas trip itinerary !

5-day Las Vegas itinerary, the perfect first-time Vegas itinerary

Five days is ideal for a first-time Vegas itinerary . This way, you can see the best attractions on and off the Strip and have plenty of time to take in all the sights.

Start with a tour on the Hop-On/Hop-Off bus , which will take you down the Boulevard and through downtown. You’ll be able to hit the most popular spots like the LINQ Promenade , the Grand Canal Shoppes , and the Mob Museum . Later in the day, take the Las Vegas Downtown – Fremont St. walking tour and finish with a Bellagio Fountains show.

The next day, spend some time perusing the best museums in Las Vegas , like Madame Tussauds and the Neon Museum . In the evening, check out the FlyLINQ Zipline and the Big Bus Night Tour . You can’t also leave the city without trying your luck in one of the  best casinos in Las Vegas.

I recommend using the last few days of your Las Vegas itinerary to take a multi-day tour. I like this one , which goes to Antelope Canyon , Grand Canyon , Zion , Bryce Canyon , and Monument Valley .

Las Vegas 5-day itinerary

As a newbie to Sin City, you must see the Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas Sign . There, you can catch the Hop-On/Hop-Off bus  and ride down the Strip. The bus will take you into the downtown district, where you can visit the Mob Museum , one of the top museums in Las Vegas .

Downtown Vegas is lots of fun and should definitely be on a first-time Vegas itinerary . You can learn more about this area by taking the Las Vegas Downtown – Fremont St. walking tour .

Afterward, hop back on the bus and go to The Venetian to see the Grand Canal Shoppes . Even if you just walk around there, you’ll be amazed by the architectural replicas of Italian landmarks. Since the LINQ Promenade is a short walk away, I recommend heading there and riding the High Roller observation wheel. It’s a great place to watch the sunset or see the Bellagio Fountains water show.

The great thing about a 5-day Las Vegas itinerary is that it gives you more time to explore and take in all the activities. Since you’ll have the time, I suggest visiting Madame Tussauds and the Neon Museum. These two Las Vegas museums offer unique exhibits you’ll only find in Sin City! Plus, they’re popular kid-friendly attractions in Vegas , so they’re perfect for adding to a Las Vegas family itinerary .

During the latter part of the day, check out the FlyLINQ Zipline at LINQ Promenade , and soar over this bustling entertainment hub. You can round out the evening with a Big Bus Night Tour to see the Strip’s most famous landmarks. For example, I recommend stopping by some of the most popular casinos in Las Vegas.

After exploring the best attractions on Las Vegas Strip , it’s time to start your multi-day trip. This 3-day tour begins with a visit to Zion and Bryce Canyon.

Zion National Park is a gorgeous area with narrow canyons, mountains, natural pools, and wildlife. During your tour, you’ll have plenty of photo opportunities to capture the majestic cliffs and iconic sights like Weeping Rock . You can also embark on one of the park’s top hikes, such as the Emerald Pools Trail , which features waterfalls and turquoise lagoons.

Afterward, you’ll go to Bryce Canyon , a national park characterized by hoodoos or natural sandstone spires. These red-orange structures create some magnificent arches and bridges, as well as Bryce Amphitheater . After exploring the beauty of this park, you’ll wrap up day 3 of this Las Vegas itinerary at a Bryce Canyon campsite.

Day 4 of this Vegas itinerary begins with an early morning drive past Lake Powell , a scenic reservoir along the Colorado River. Along the way, your tour guide will take you to Antelope Canyon , one of our favorite day trips from Las Vegas .

Antelope Canyon is a photographer’s paradise, although anyone can appreciate the water-carved slot canyon and its striated walls. You’ll want to have your camera ready to capture the filtered light beams coming through the canyon.

The next part of your journey takes you to Monument Valley , a vast desert landscape. You’ll board a 4×4 Jeep and ride through the Navajo lands while learning about the history of this spectacular place. Finally, you’ll have the memorable experience of camping under the stars.

The last stop on this 5-day Las Vegas itinerary is the beautiful Grand Canyon . You’ll start with a visit to an authentic Navajo Trading Post and have the option to do a helicopter flight over the canyon. I highly recommend adding this to your Las Vegas itinerary . The Grand Canyon is one of the best road trips from Las Vegas , and a Grand Canyon heli-tour is an unforgettable experience.

If you don’t take the flight, you can take a hike along the canyon rim and hear from a knowledgeable guide about the area’s history and geology. Get acquainted with this massive natural wonder and witness the views from its famous lookout points. At the end of the day, your tour group will head back to Vegas.

7 days in Las Vegas itinerary, the best Las Vegas family vacation itinerary

If you have the time and budget for a 7-day Las Vegas itinerary , there is plenty of fun to be had! You’ll be able to maximize your trip and see the best of the Strip, downtown Las Vegas, and the surrounding areas.

To start, check out the most popular Vegas attractions and sights by taking the Hop-On/Hop-Off bus . Be sure to check out iconic landmarks like the LINQ Promenade and Madame Tussauds . In the evening, go to the   Eiffel Tower at Paris Las Vegas  to watch the mesmerizing Bellagio Fountains show.

Begin day 2 at a Las Vegas waterpark , then visit the Las Vegas Natural History Museum . Later, get an adrenaline rush by riding the Big Apple Coaster at New York-New York and soaring along the FlyLINQ Zipline .

For days 3-5, take a multi-day tour like this one that goes to Antelope Canyon , Grand Canyon , Zion , Bryce Canyon , and Monument Valley .

When you return to the city, get some chill time at one of the best Las Vegas pools . Then, visit the nearby Red Rock Canyon and get your nature fix.

Finally, end your ultimate Las Vegas itinerary with a stop at the Valley of Fire , one of the most beautiful places off the Vegas Strip .

Las Vegas 7-day itinerary

For your first day in Las Vegas , get acquainted with the city by seeing some of the top attractions on the Strip . It’s always nice to start with a visit to the Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas Sign . From there, catch the Hop-On/Hop-Off bus  and check out the downtown district.

You can take the Las Vegas Downtown – Fremont St. walking tour   or walk over to The Venetian , one of the best Vegas hotels . The resort is home to Madame Tussaud’s wax museum, a fun place to go in Las Vegas with kids . The hotel also has the Grand Canal Shoppes , which mimic Venice, Italy, and its historical landmarks.

Later, stop at the LINQ Promenade to ride the High Roller , perhaps at sunset. After dusk, go to the Eiffel Tower at Paris Las Vegas and watch the famous Bellagio Fountains show. You’ll have to reserve a ticket for the viewing deck in advance.

If you plan on making this a Las Vegas family vacation itinerary , begin your second day at a Las Vegas waterpark . Mandalay Bay Beach at Mandalay Bay and Splash Zone at Circus Circus are right on the Strip. Or you can visit a nearby water park, like Lake Las Vegas or Cowabunga Bay .

Another fun family activity is going to a Las Vegas museum , like the Natural History Museum . After some chill time, you can experience some thrills on the Big Apple Coaster at New York-New York and the FlyLINQ Zipline .

Since you have 7 days for your Las Vegas travel itinerary , you have enough time to take a multi-day trip. My top recommendation is this 3-day tour , which begins with a visit to Zion and Bryce Canyon.

The beautiful mountain peaks, hiking trails, and canyon structures of Zion National Park will take your breath away. You’ll have lots of chances to capture lovely photos during your tour, as well as explore popular hikes like the Emerald Pools Trail .

After spending a few hours in Zion, you’ll go to nearby Bryce Canyon . This national park is known for its sandstone hoodoos, which create intricate shapes, arches, and natural bridges. Your tour guide will point out famous landmarks like the Bryce Amphitheater , and you’ll spend the night camping in the impressive national park.

Your Las Vegas travel itinerary continues with a drive past Lake Powell to Antelope Canyon . This is one of the most popular day trips from Vegas , and you’ll quickly see why. The curvaceous, striped walls of this slot canyon will mesmerize you, especially when the light filters through the walls.

Once you take in the unique environment of Antelope Canyon, you’ll continue the trip to Monument Valley . Better yet, you’ll see this incredible desert dreamscape while riding in a 4×4 Jeep. A Navajo guide will tell you all about Monument Valley’s history, and then you’ll spend the evening at a starlit campsite.

Day 5 of the Las Vegas itinerary will take you to a traditional Navajo Trading Post, where you can peruse the offerings. Then, you may opt for a Grand Canyon helicopter tour , something I wholeheartedly recommend.

If you don’t do the flight, you can witness the majestic magnitude of the Grand Canyon on foot. Visiting this natural wonder is one of the best road trips from Las Vegas , so take your time hiking along the canyon’s rim and admiring its viewpoints. You’ll have some free time to take it all in before heading back to Sin City.

Now that you’re back in the city, why not recharge with a visit to one of the best pools in Las Vegas ? Chilling out by the water is one of the best things to do in Vegas during the day when the beating sun is at its most intense.

Some of the most popular pools belong to Las Vegas’ top hotels , so consider booking a room there. For example, the Garden of the Gods Pool at Caesars Palace is an elegant European oasis, while Encore Beach Club at The Wynn is perfect for a Las Vegas bachelorette itinerary .

Once you feel refreshed, you may want to visit nearby Red Rock Canyon . This state park offers beautiful views and attractions, many of which you can see along the Scenic Drive . For a more exciting adventure, take an e-bike tour along the route.

Red Rock Canyon also has family-friendly hikes like the Petroglyph Wall , Lost Creek Canyon , and Calico Hills . The park is about 20 minutes from the Strip, so you can easily fit it into a 7-day Las Vegas itinerary .

For the last day of your Las Vegas itinerary , I suggest visiting the Valley of Fire . Some people find it hard to believe that this incredible park is just 45 minutes from Vegas. Here, the landscape is defined by bright red Aztec sandstone that forms natural arches, peaks, and canyons.

Besides the fiery sandstone, the Valley of Fire is home to colorful landscapes like the Rainbow Vista and Pastel Canyon . You’ll also find impressive natural structures like Arch Rock , Elephant Rock , and the Beehives .

Be sure to travel along the park’s Scenic Drive, also known as Mouse’s Tank Road . I also recommend doing a hike or two to see the Fire Wave and the ancient pictographs . I guarantee you won’t regret ending your Las Vegas trip itinerary here!

How many days do you need in Las Vegas?

It’s hard to see all of Las Vegas in a day , but if you’re short on time, 2 days is enough. Ideally, I recommend a 3-day itinerary for Las Vegas so you can see all the top attractions.

I hope this gave you some trip ideas for Las Vegas ! Leave me a comment below to tell me your favorite Las Vegas travel itinerary , or to ask me any questions you have. Enjoy your trip to Sin City!

Don't miss a 5% discount on your HeyMondo travel insurance  

and the only one that pays all your medical bills upfront for you!

Ascen Aynat

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

This site is protected by reCAPTCHA and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply.

• Meet the Team
• Work with Us
• Czech Republic
• Netherlands
• Switzerland
• Scandinavia
• Philippines
• South Korea
• New Zealand
• South Africa
• Budget Travel
• Work & Travel
• The Broke Backpacker Manifesto
• Travel Resources
• How to Travel on $10/day

Home » North America » Las Vegas

The BEST Las Vegas Itinerary in Existence (2024 • UPDATED)

Whilst there remain doubts as to whether conventional time even truly exists in Las Vegas, there is no downside to a minor bit of planning.

And setting up with a great  Las Vegas Itinerary is a sensational start.

Who knows ?!?

Maybe you will even see some of the things you planned to see in the first place…

Ok, you might find yourself curled up underneath an overused slot machine rather than at your 11am golf game, but it’s fun to try right? From the bleak desert landscapes of Red Rock Canyon to the glittering Las Vegas Casinos, there are some true essentials that form the backbone of any good Las Vegas trip…

What mischief awaits you..?

The Broke Backpacker is supported by you . Clicking through our links may earn us a small affiliate commission, and that's what allows us to keep producing free content 🙂 Learn more .

Do You Want to Travel FOREVER??

Pop your email in below to get a FREE copy of ‘How to Travel the World on $10 a Day!’.

A Little Bit About this 3-Day Las Vegas Itinerary

Where to stay in las vegas, las vegas itinerary, las vegas itinerary day 1, las vegas itinerary day 2, las vegas itinerary day 3, what to do with more than 3 days in las vegas, best time to visit las vegas, how to get around in las vegas, plan a trip to las vegas- what to prepare, faq on las vegas itinerary, final thoughts.

So you’re heading to Las Vegas ? You back yourself at poker or blackjack so vehemently that you can’t afford your accommodation yet?

That is quite honestly a terrible move. Anyway, I am going to be taking you through the biggest and brightest of Las Vegas, from the Bellagio Fountain to the EPIC Las Vegas skyline, with a ton of info, insider tips, and unique places to visit .

This 3-day itinerary is organised with action from day 1! There is a lot to cover, and since Las Vegas is quite expensive, I expect you not to be able to hit every single attraction I’ve laid out. Take the bones, and use what I’ve gathered to give your trip that special X-factor! It should be easy in Vegas.

There is a top selection of things to do in Las Vegas , and definitely not enough time! I’ve added some saucy extras to my list in case your trip sadly ends up being longer than you planned. Oh no 🙂

3-day Las Vegas Itinerary Overview

• Day 1:  The Fabulous Las Vegas Sign | Mandalay Bay Casino | The Republica Statue of Liberty | The Bellagio Conservatory and Botanical Gardens | Bellagio Fountains | The High Roller | Cirque Du Soleil | Caesar’s Palace
• Day 2:  Red Rock Canyon | The Stratosphere Casino | Escape Blair Witch | Eiffel Tower Experience | Seven Magic Mountains
• Day 3:  The Mob Museum | Fremont Street | The Venetian | The Adventuredome Theme Park | The Blue Man Group

If you’re planning a trip to Las Vegas, you’re going to want to stay in a location that makes a Las Vegas itinerary as accessible as possible. This vibrant city is full of accommodation options that cater to all budgets, and there are plenty of great places to stay in Las Vegas!

If you want to be close to all the action, the Las Vegas Strip is the place to be. The symbol of Vegas, this strip is lined with many of the city’s iconic landmarks. From the Fountains of Bellagio to the grandiose Caesars Palace and the Egyptian-themed Luxor Hotel, this is the postcard of Las Vegas!

For a more old-timey Vegas feel, we recommend staying in Downtown Vegas . You’ll still find plenty of bars, restaurants, and shops, but with a more low-key feel. There are quite a lot of good Vegas Airbnbs based around here.

Fremont Street in Downtown Vegas is especially popular, and one of the oldest Las Vegas points of interest. Accommodation in this part of the city is more affordable and just a short drive from the Las Vegas Strip!

Best Hostel in Las Vegas – Sin City Hostel

Sin City Hostel is located on Las Vegas Boulevard, just a ten-minute walk to the north end of the Las Vegas Strip. There is a bus stop in close proximity that runs 24/7 and will take you to and from the Strip and downtown area. This hostel offers free walking tours and free breakfast! It gets busy, so book well in advance if you are headed to Las Vegas for the weekend.

Best Airbnb in Las Vegas – Angel’s Place (With Outdoor Pool!)

There is no better place for groups and families than this incredible Airbnb. With an awesome outdoor pool and a top location near the strip, this super safe, friendly and comfortable Airbnb will provide everything you need for a great stay! The best part: It’s not even that expensive! There are BBQing facilities, a classy kitchen, and enough beds to sleep 8 guests.

There is also ample parking space, with enough drive room for four cars. Family vacation? Go on.

Best Budget Hotel in Las Vegas – The Carriage House

The Carriage House is a great value for your money! Located just a quick four-minute drive from the Las Vegas Strip, you’ll be close to all the action. This hotel offers spacious rooms and each is equipped with a kitchen or a kitchenette! There is also an outdoor pool, fitness center, and tennis court!

Best Luxury Hotel in Las Vegas – The Bellagio

The Bellagio is located in the heart of Las Vegas! This luxurious hotel and casino offer upscale rooms equipped with a flat-screen satellite TV, electronic drapes, bathrobes, a minibar, and more! There is a full-service spa on-site as well as numerous bars and restaurants. This hotel will make your vacation in Las Vegas as lavish as possible!

The hotel itself is just as beautiful as the rooms. You won’t be disappointed. 

Ok, you’ve stumbled through the longest intro on earth, and now it’s time to collect! Here are the best things you can do in Las Vegas. Unless you’re staying for a classy weekend ?

The Fabulous Las Vegas Sign | Mandalay Bay Casino | The Republica Statue of Liberty | The Bellagio Conservatory and Botanical Gardens | Bellagio Fountains | The High Roller | Cirque Du Soleil | Caesar’s Palace

Day 1 is all about the strip. There are some things that you gotta do, and Day 1 of your Las Vegas Itinerary is all about ticking those boxes…

8:00 am – Check the Fabulous Las Vegas Sign

Every top class Vegas trip starts here. Admittedly, it is seriously touristy, but that shouldn’t stop you from clicking a few picks!

Not only is it pretty essential las Vegas viewing, but it is superbly located upon the Strip, and this gives you a great starting point for the day’s activities. I’d recommend taking the time to stop for an awesome breakfast near the sign.

There are a few great places to mange yourself nearby, including The Egg Shop, Della’s Kitchen and BBQ Mexicana if you fancy a spicy start to the day! If you fancy getting an attraction done early, this is your opportunity to tick the Pinball Hall of Fame off your list! It’s a great little attraction that will start you off before you start playing with the big boys.

• Cost  – Free
• How long should I stay here?  Around 1.5 hours (with breakfast). The signs not that much to do by itself!
• Getting there  – You can drive or taxi, but there is also the ‘Las Vegas Sign’ bus stop right outside

10:00 pm – Mandalay Bay Casino and Beach

Our second stop for the day is your first chance to get hands on with a Las Vegas Casino. The Mandalay Bay Casino offers all of your favourite table games, including blackjack, poker, craps, and roulette. You’ll also find 1,200 slot and video poker machines! If you fancy a small flutter, I won’t tell.

If you’re with kids, see the Mandalay Bay Beach, an eleven-acre aquatic playground! Swim, splash, and soak up the sun at this popular Vegas attraction. Relax on the lazy river, ride a tide in the wave pool, or lounge in the lagoon. Check out the Beach Bar & Grill and the Bikini Bar for all your favorite pool-side snacks and drinks! This attraction is open seasonally, so if you travel to Las Vegas during the warmer months make sure to check it out!

New to the Mandalay Bay is the Polar Journey Exhibit. Get a glimpse into the earth’s polar regions and animals that call it home. You’ll be immersed through eight interactive exhibits including touch walls, teaching robot penguins, stimulated ice flow, and more excited features! This Las Vegas itinerary stop is fun for all ages!

• Cost  – Free entry, but the beach costs $20 for non-hotel guests.
• How long should I stay here?  It’s easy to spend the whole day here! 2 hours is a good amount, however.
• Getting there  – It’s a fifteen-minute walk from the Las Vegas Sign. There is lots to see en route, so don’t worry about getting bored!

12:00 pm – The Republica Statue of Liberty and Leo the Lion

Continuing our odyssey upon the Strip, as we slowly meander northward, we’re going to hit the Republica Statue of Liberty, and Leo the Lion. Paris Las Vegas is somewhere around here too…

Anyway, this section of the Las Vegas strip is so busy you just have to walk it. Your mind will be left blown and wondering when Alice in Wonderland became a corporate entity. There is so much going on, and every casino has made an effort to stand out from the crowd.

Take the opportunity now to stop for a bit of lunch! There is a superb selection of great restaurants to dine at, and if you fancy something cheap, you shouldn’t have trouble locating something easy either. Try the New York Pizzeria, Panda Express (a classic Chinese fast food), and Raising Cane’s Chicken Fingers. Top munch.

• How long should I stay here?  Lunchtime! Around 1.5 hours should be enough to grab something to eat.
• Getting there  – Heading out into desert heat for another 15 minutes. Sorry guys, but I promise you it is worth it! Yes, we’ll get to the Bellagio…

2:00 pm – Bellagio Conservatory and Botanical Gardens

The Bellagio Conservatory and Botanical Garden is a truly enchanting and magical attraction in Vegas. The exhibits are beautifully and intricately put together by talented horticulturalists and designers who transform a floral playground into the sights and colours of the different seasons. The aroma is gently fragrant with the sweet smell of flowers in bloom.

The attention to detail is astounding and the passionate display of nature lets your imagination wander! Enjoy a leisurely stroll through one of the most picturesque areas in Las Vegas.

This attraction is best enjoyed during the day when you can witness the rays of sunshine streaming in through the glass roof and large windows. However, it is usually less crowded during the later hours of the evening. Pick the time that works best with your Las Vegas itinerary!

• How long should I stay here?  Around 1.5 hours. Again, it’s easy to get lost and trapped inside the Bellagio. Don’t!
• Getting there  – Again, a 20-minute walk up the strip! We’re going to power through…

3:30 pm – Fountains at Bellagio

You might think that choreographed routes in Vegas are limited to showgirls, but even the water can put on a captivating performance! The Fountains at Bellagio provide a dynamic and lively waterworks show!

The fountain projects streams of water that dance with lights and music; the choreography and overall synchronization are highly entertaining! Famous and recognizable musical tunes are chosen to complement this display. Once the sun sets, the lights come on and the show becomes even more delightful!

The fountains are surprisingly large, so you can catch a show from many different places on the Strip. Of course, nothing beats being directly in front of the fountains! Make sure to show up a little early to guarantee a good viewing spot. A lot of hotels facing the Bellagio Hotel will have views of the fountains as well. This free and easily accessible attraction is a must on any Vegas itinerary!

There are shows at regular intervals throughout the day. Monday through Friday the show runs every thirty minutes from 3:00 pm to 8:00, and every fifteen minutes after dark. On Saturdays and Sundays, the start time is earlier but the shows run every thirty minutes during the day and every fifteen-minutes after dark.

• How long should I stay here?  Around five to ten minutes. You can stay for more than one show if you fancy!
• Getting there  – Step outside and grab a great viewing spot!

4:15 pm – High Roller Observation Wheel at The LINQ

This High Roller observation wheel at the LINQ Hotel and Casino is a 550-foot tall, 520-foot diameter giant Ferris wheel! Located on the Las Vegas Strip, it has been operating since 2014 and is currently the world’s tallest Ferris Wheel!

It features glass-enclosed pod cabins with wonderful 360-degree views of the Strip and the Vegas Valley. The wheel takes 30 minutes to complete one rotation and features 28 spacious cabins. This is a must-do in Vegas for first-timers, there’s really no other experience like it!

Of course, since this is Las Vegas, guests have the option of upgrading their high roller experience to a happy hour ticket! This option includes an in-cabin open bar and a bartender to serve you unlimited drinks for the entire half hour! Guests must be 21 and older to ride in the happy hour cabin.

If you don’t want to purchase an unlimited happy-hour ticket but still want to enjoy a drink, you can also purchase drinks at the wheelhouse bar, located at the base of the giant observation wheel. The best time to experience this attraction is at night so you can see all the lights of Vegas shimmering from above!

Following the wheel, you’re gonna have some time to yourself, so grab a shower, dinner, and some downtime, and be back for your Cirque du Soleil show!

• Cost  – $25 in the day/ $37 at night
• How long should I stay here?  Less than 1 hour
• Getting there  – You’ll never guess, but it is a fifteen-minute walk from the Bellagio…

9:00 pm – Cirque du Soleil

What makes this show to a whole new level is the incorporation of water. The cast is made up of eighty-five acrobats, synchronized swimmers, and divers who perform in and above a one-and-a-half million-gallon pool! You’ll be enchanted by underwater magic for ninety minutes!

The performance is accompanied by a mix of classical Western and world instrumental music. During the show, a live band plays to the side of the stage behind a glass wall. Cirque du Soleil is an entertainment company known for its epic productions and unique staging, and this show is no different!

Located in the Bellagio Hotel and Casino, this show has been in permanent residence since October 1998. Performances are usually given twice a day. If you’re spending a weekend in Las Vegas, we recommend booking your tickets in advance.

Insider Tip: Cirque du Soleil is insanely popular amongst visitors. That’s why it’s important to book your tickets well ahead of time. Luckily, there are multiple shows spread throughout the week and you’ve got plenty to choose from!

• Cost  – Tickets start at $126
• How long should I stay here?  Around 1.5 hours
• Getting there  – Shows usually run at 7 and 9:30 most days. Head back to the Bellagio (15 min walk)

11:00 pm onwards – Caesars Palace

It’s a little cheeky for me to add this one to the list, but why not hey? You came to Vegas for a reason. A nightlife you can experience nowhere else…

This Las Vegas Strip Staple has appeared in countless movies including “The Hangover” and “Ironman”. It’s one of the top Las Vegas’ landmarks and has a lot more to offer than just gambling.

Enjoy the architecture as you walk around the massive columns and frescoes paying tribute to the casino’s namesake. The ancient Rome aesthetic of this casino is truly stunning, with gilded and ornate detail everywhere you look!

The spiral escalators at the entrance to the mall are truly enchanting, as is the rest of this mall’s  grand and gilded interior! At the end of the Forum Shops, there is a 50,000-gallon saltwater Atlantis aquarium that features more than 300 colorful tropical fish!

You’ll also find one of Sin City’s most famous nightclubs inside Caesars Palace, Omnia nightclub. This lavish club has frequent celebrity hosts and popular DJs that play throughout the year. It is one of Vegas’ most upscale nightclubs; there are several dance floors and the venue’s rooftop offers unparalleled views of the Strip! Put this stop on your Las Vegas itinerary if you want to experience the best of Vegas nightlife!

Insider Tip: Check out the Fall of Atlantis show, located next to the Atlantis aquarium. This free show recounts the myth of Atlantis and entertains audiences with special effects, including animatronic figures, fire, and water! The show plays every hour on the hour, starting at 11:00 am.

• How long should I stay here?  All night? All week? WHO KNOWS
• Getting there  – Caesar’s palace is a ten-minute walk from the Cirque Du Soleil’s arena in the Bellagio

Wanna know how to pack like a pro? Well for a start you need the right gear….

These are packing cubes for the globetrotters and compression sacks for the  real adventurers – these babies are a traveller’s best kept secret. They organise yo’ packing and minimise volume too so you can pack MORE.

Or, y’know… you can stick to just chucking it all in your backpack…

Red Rock Canyon | The Stratosphere Casino | Escape Blair Witch | Eiffel Tower Experience | Seven Magic Mountains

Ok, you’ve been to the Strip. You’ve seen a casino. Now it is time to get out into the wilderness. And maybe stop for a cocktail at lunch. Sound ok?

9:30 am – Check out the wilderness of the Red Rock Canyon

You’ve probably had enough of people by now, particularly tourists. Now is your chance to escape most of the crowds, and see some of the extraordinary Nevada scenery.

Since it is so close, it is a massive waste to go! Yes, the casinos are cool, but how about a massive pile of desert rocks? Especially if you’re a stranger to desert landscapes, there is nothing to be lost exploring this awesome example of geology.

The Red Rock Canyon can take up more of a day depending on how much you’re into hiking. You can also hire bikes to explore the area, or even do it by horseback!

• How long should I stay here?  Around 2.5 hours
• Getting there  – It’s a half an hour drive west of central Las Vegas

12:30 pm – Stratosphere Casino, Hotel and Tower

Okay, it’s about lunchtime, so time to head back to the strip for a little lunch and light entertainment.

There are some pretty cool things to do at the Stratosphere Resort and Casino . For one, check out the observation deck that sits at the top of the tallest freestanding tower in the U.S. It offers stunning 360-degree views of the Strip!

Dine at the Top of The World Restaurant, the only rotating fine-dining restaurant in Las Vegas.  Enjoy amazing views of the city as the restaurant revolves 350-degrees every 80-minutes!

Get your scream on at the Stratosphere’s Skypod Thrill Rides. Located on top of the Stratosphere, there are three attractions that guests can ride for an enthralling experience. You’ll dangle over the building, blast 160-feet straight up, and catapult twenty-seven feet over the Tower’s edge! 

For even more of an adrenaline rush, check out Skyjump. At this Vegas attraction, you’ll take an open-air leap off the Stratosphere, from 829-feet above the Strip. Enjoy the heart-pounding excitement as you rush forty mph to the landing pad down below. Make sure to schedule this into your Vegas itinerary for at least three days if you’re into adventurous activities!

• Cost  – The tower is between $20-$30 (depending on the time of week)
• Getting there  – 30 min Drive back from the Red Rock Canyon. I wish there were things to do en route too…

3:00 pm – Try out the Escape Blair Witch escape room

Have you ever fancied scaring yourself completely silly? Testing your wits against a crafty escape room designer? Running away from horrifying actors?

Then you are going to adore heading to the Escape Blair Witch escape room. Right next door is the Saw experience, which is an escape room of the aforementioned theme.

Whilst there is a crazy amount to see on the strip, this will give you an experience that you certainly won’t forget. It’s widely loved, and seems to be great value for money. If you’re thinking about adding this to your Las Vegas itinerary, make sure to book in advance, since slots can get taken quickly, especially in summer months!

• How long should I stay here?  Around 1.5 hours.
• Getting there  – Walk around the block! 5-10 minute stroll.

5:00 pm – Eiffel Tower Experience

Get the best view of the Las Vegas Strip with these high-altitude attractions! The Paris Las Vegas is a half-scale replica of the actual Eiffel Tower in Paris. You’ll ride a glass elevator forty-six stories up to the top, which allows you to get an unobscured view of your surroundings.

The Paris Las Vegas is located in the middle of the Strip, making this a great place to take stunning photos of Vegas main attractions close-up. Guests are allowed to stay at the top as long as they’d like!

This enchanting tower puts on a show of lights every thirty-minutes from sunset to midnight. Inspired by the real Eiffel Tower’s lights in France, it features choreographed twinkling light displays for visitors to enjoy each night!

Insider Tip: This attraction is best enjoyed at night, you’ll see incredible views of the Las Vegas Strip lite up with a shimmering of lights and get the best views of the Bellagio fountains!

• Cost  – $22 per person
• How long should I stay here?  Less than an hour
• Getting there  – 10 minute Taxi or drive from the Escape room/ Stratosphere Casino. Alternatively you can grab a bus to the ‘Las Vegas at the Paris’ bus stop.

7:00 pm – Top your Insta up at the Seven Magic Mountains

Heading out for sunset at the Seven Magic Mountains is an influencer worthy occupation. Or just something fun to do. There is nothing weirder than a bloke who has stacked some multicoloured rocks in a desert, and you get to enjoy this bizarre spectacle!

The art installation cost $3.5 million of state taxpayers’ money to install, and that is most likely one of the reasons why people make such a massive fuss of it. What greater to way to spend your time than to see how your tax dollars are being wasted?!?

Anyway, it is artistic and cool, so drop by for a wicked sunset! This multi-coloured exhibit has a very strange appeal. Afterwards, get a relaxed evenings rest. The 3rd day is again pretty full on!

• Getting there  – It’s a 25 minute drive south from the Eiffel tower experience.

Sin City Hostel

Sin City Hostel is located on Las Vegas Boulevard, just a ten-minute walk to the north end of the Las Vegas Strip. If you prefer to stay in hostels, we have a curated guide of the best hostels in Las Vegas.

• Free Breakfast

The Mob Museum | Fremont Street | The Venetian | The Adventuredome Theme Park | The Blue Man Group

The Las Vegas itinerary is shaping up pretty well so far. Day 3 is for Downtown Las Vegas, and cleaning up the places in the strip that you haven’t got round to doing yet.

8:30 am – Walk the Mob Museum

The Mob Museum seeks to advance the understanding of organized crime, and the impact it has had on American society. Explore this Las Vegas hidden gems , learn real-life stories, and hear about actual events from the Mob’s history.

Take a self-guided tour where you’ll see interactive exhibits, informative displays, and videos – all you need is an entry-ticket!

The museum spans three-floors; as of 2018 a fully operational speakeasy and distillery exhibit is now open for visitors in the basement. Learn about the history of American prohibition while sipping on hand-crafted prohibition-era cocktails!

Warning : This museum displays graphic photos of murder victims, therefore this attraction is not recommended for children.

• Cost  – Tickets are $32.50
• How long should I stay here?  Around 2 hours. There is a lot to see, and it’s undoubtedly one of the coolest attractions around.
• Getting there  – Located in the centre of Downtown Las Vegas, it’s right next to the ‘Mob Museum’ bus stop.

10:45 am – The Fremont Street Experience

Discover old-school Vegas at the Fremont Street Experience. Located in historic Downtown Las Vegas, this is one of the city’s original streets; it dates back to 1905 when Las Vegas was founded! 

Today, Fremont Street offers a vibrant and lively atmosphere. This seven-block district possesses theworld’s largest LED video screen, called Viva Vision. This 1,500-feet long and 90-feet wide screen canopies over the street and shimmers with bright, changing lights!

The Slotzilla zip-line lets you fly over Fremont street like a superhero (or a seated position if you prefer). Get a unique view of one of Vegas’ most popular streets as you glide over the crowd!

You’ll see all sorts of street performers on this energetic street. From rappers and Vegas showgirls, to cartoon characters; Fremont Street really has it all! This is one of the best places to people watch, you’ll see people dressed in all sorts of costumes. Some are hilarious, some amusingly unconventional, and some…not for kids.

Most of the bars, restaurants, and casinos found on Fremont Street are slightly less expensive than those found on The Strip. This is also a great place to pick up your Vegas souvenirs at an affordable price!

Live music shows play regularly in designated areas of the street. Grab a drink at any number of bars found nearby and enjoy some free entertainment! You should be able to get a great lunch here too!

• How long should I stay here?  Around 3 hours. There is a ton to do and see here! (And lunch)
• Getting there  – It’s a six minute walk from the mob museum.

2:00 pm – Grand Canal Shoppes at The Venetian

This picturesque shopping mall features cobblestone walkways and an illuminated painted ceiling made to reflect the sky. The Grand Canal Shoppes at the Venetian feature a quarter-mile-long stretch of shops and restaurants with more than 160 signature stores, including many luxury brands.

There are a handful of restaurants, many led by award-winning chefs like Wolfgang Puck and Emeril Lagasse! You don’t have to be a fan of shopping to enjoy the shops’ Old World Italian design.

For a fun and romantic Vegas activity, take a Venetian gondola ride! Float beneath bridges, under balconies, and beside cafes as your singing gondolier glides through the Grand Canal in an authentic Venetian gondola!

Explore the vibrant Venetian streetscape inside the shopping center, or choose the outdoor gondola ride and experience the open-air right on the Las Vegas Strip! Couples especially will love this romantic addition to their itinerary for Las Vegas! This is definitely amongst the most kitsch things to do in Las Vegas but is still unmissable.

• Cost  – Free. Gondola tickets start at $29.00 per person
• How long should I stay here?  Around 2 hours
• Getting there  – It’s a 10 minute cab from downtown Las Vegas

4:00 pm – Adventuredome Theme Park

This indoor theme park is located in the Circus Circus Resort and Casino. The theme park sits inside a large pink-tinted glass dome. There are twenty-five rides and attractions at the park, including roller coasters, a miniature golf course, climbing walls, a roller skating rink, and laser tag!

Check out the latest arcade video games located throughout the park, including virtual reality games! Find your favorite classic arcade games in their unlimited classic arcade area, where you can play all day!

Enjoy free clown shows daily at noon, 1pm, 3pm, and 4pm, with additional showtimes on Friday and Saturday nights.

If you’re looking for a break from the casinos and bars, this is the perfect place to bring the family for an afternoon of fun and excitement! You could easily spend hours here, so we’d recommend this stop if your planning an itinerary to spend more than three days in Las Vegas.

• Cost  – Undefined, possibly $$$$. $60 for adults, $30 for kids. Plus extras.
• How long should I stay here?  2 or 3 hours.
• Getting there  – It’s a 7 minute drive, or a 25 minute walk from the Venetian

8:00 pm – The Blue Man Group

If you want to add another show to your Las Vegas itinerary, we recommend the entertainment sensation known as the Blue Man Group. For more than thirty years the innovative minds behind this group have been wowing audiences.

Enjoy a fun-filled performance by this world-famous group! These three bald and blue men will take you on a spectacular journey combining comedy, music, stunning visuals, and surprises! This Las Vegas show is perfect for all ages, and is sure to delight. It’s a one-of-a-kind stage show that is the perfect addition to a Las Vegas trip!

Enjoy a comical, musical,  and artistic show featuring lots of audience interaction with this blue-painted cast. This group is constantly switching up their material and coming up with new ways to entertain audiences, it’s an ever-evolving show that you’ll want to see every time you visit Vegas! 

• Cost  – Spenny! $180 per ticket…
• Getting there  – The show is located at the Luxor Hotel and Casino

Oh no! You’ve missed your bus! How are you going to spend your extra days in Las Vegas while you wait for the next one? Let’s see…

Explore the Las Vegas Strip

Las Vegas is known for its lavish resorts, buzzing casinos, and world-class restaurants, but to discover the true essence of Vegas we recommend exploring the areas outside these busy buildings!

The entire Strip is less than five miles, but don’t worry, you don’t have to walk its entirety to experience the uniqueness of this extravagant street. Although, if you choose to, the whole street is pedestrian-friendly. There are footbridges at all main intersections for pedestrians to safely cross!

Both sides of the Strip are lined with hotels, casinos, shops, restaurants, and just about anything you can imagine! You’ll see a wide range of street performers and be able to take pictures of all the iconic Vegas attractions!

The whole Strip runs in a straight line, making it easy to give yourself your own Las Vegas walking tour! Of course, if you’re not keen on walking, there are other options. Joining an open-top bus tour will give you the ultimate strip experience without tiring your feet!

Insider Tip: Police allow people to walk down the Strip and the Fremont Street Experience with alcoholic beverages, as long as they’re in plastic containers (no bottles or cans). Also, there are many dispensaries around the Strip, but smoking in public isn’t legal. 

• How long should I stay here?  
• Getting there  –

Head out to the Grand Canyon

If you’re in Vegas, you ain’t far from the Grand Canyon! Admittedly, it is still a long way to go (around a 4 hour car journey each way), but the views are definitely worth it! The scenery on the drive is pretty epic too.

Encompassing 278 miles of the Colorado river, the Grand Canyon is an extraordinary sight, and is on pretty much every tourists must-visit list! Even though it can get busy, it is still very much worth seeing. Don’t let the distance put you off!

You can even take a helicopter tour to the Grand Canyon, complete with picnic lunch at the bottom (large-insanely large level budgets only).

• Cost  – Free (or $$$ if you tour)
• How long should I stay here?  At least as long as you spend getting there. (min. 4 hours)
• Getting there  – 4 hour drive east of Las Vegas. Sadly.

Las Vegas is alive with tourism all year. Summers do reach higher temperatures, but lots of Las Vegas attractions take place inside air-conditioned buildings or outside next to a pool! No matter the season, there’s always something to do in Vegas!

The summer months (June-August) produce hot temperatures. It’s not uncommon for the weather to stay around 100 degrees Fahrenheit. Luckily, the weather drops down at night and becomes much more enjoyable.

Fall (September-November) is a great time to plan a trip to Las Vegas. The weather is mild and enjoyable.

You’ll want a light jacket during the winter months (December – February). Although temperatures never get too cold, the air does get a bit chilly, especially at night.

Spring (March-May) produces warm days and blue skies. If you’re trying to decide when to visit Las Vegas, this is another great time!

During your first day in Las Vegas, you’re going to need to figure out how to get around! Luckily, this city is extremely tourist friendly, and all forms of transportation are easy to use and very convenient.

The Las Vegas Deuce is a bus that runs throughout the city. There are two buses that run specifically through the areas of the Las Vegas Strip and Downtown. Take the ‘Deuce on the Strip’ bus for convenient transportation to many of the properties located on the Strip.

Uber and Lyft are popular ride-sharing services and offer travelers an easy and convenient form of transportation. Most Las Vegas resorts, hotels, and casinos will have designated pick-up and drop-off areas that you will need to find to catch a ride. These areas are usually marked with signs near the hotel’s entrances/exits. Be sure to find these areas before hailing your ride (I know, but it happens)

Las Vegas is a very pedestrian friendly city. The main attraction in Las Vegas is the Strip, which is literally a single street. You can walk up and down the Strip to see the main highlights of Vegas, and it’s extremely easy to navigate!

Whether you’re planning a three day trip to Vegas or a month long sabbatical, you’re going to want to make sure you pack the right gear !

Remember that Vegas gets hot, so if you’re visiting in Summer, you can spare the coats. It is in the middle of a desert after all!

In terms of safety, Vegas is a cash-heavy city, which means pickpockets are active. Keep your valuables close to your body and stay extra vigilant in crowded areas.

It is common for party promoters to frequent the Strip and attempts to sell VIP passes or discounted tickets to shows or clubs. Although some are legit, it is important to note that some are not.

Scammers are very active in Las Vegas and it is important to stay vigilant and trust your instincts. There are a number of secure and trusted ticket locations in the city that sell tickets to Vegas attractions; purchasing from these types of vendors is a much safer option.

Of course, it is Vegas, so if you plan to drink more than you normally would, try and keep your wits about you, and never leave your drink unattended.

Recreational marijuana is legal in Vegas. Be sure to purchase from a dispensary, and say no to anyone on the street that tries to sell to you as it may be laced. It’s only legal to smoke in private residences. If you walk down the street with a lit joint, you can be fined by one of the many cops.

Don’t Forget Your Travel Insurance for Las Vegas

ALWAYS sort out your backpacker insurance before your trip. There’s plenty to choose from in that department, but a good place to start is Safety Wing .

They offer month-to-month payments, no lock-in contracts, and require absolutely no itineraries: that’s the exact kind of insurance long-term travellers and digital nomads need.

SafetyWing is cheap, easy, and admin-free: just sign up lickety-split so you can get back to it!

Click the button below to learn more about SafetyWing’s setup or read our insider review for the full tasty scoop.

Find out what people want to know when planning their Las Vegas itinerary.

What is the Coolest Things you can do on a Trip to Vegas?

Try visiting Caesar’s Palace and its sensational multi-storey nightclub, hiking in Red Rock Canyon, and enjoying the waterpark at the Mandalay hotel. There are a ton of really cool things to do in Vegas, so just keep your eyes peeled on the strip, and you will stumble onto any number. Heading to downtown Las Vegas is a great option too, for the Mob museum and Fremont Street.

What attractions should I not forget when Planning a Trip to Vegas?

The Mob Museum is often overlooked, as is the pinball hall of fame. When people go to Vegas, they often forget about Red Rock Canyon, and that the Death Valley National Park isn’t too far away either! If you are looking for incredible scenery, don’t ignore either of these unbelievable places!

What should I include on a Las Vegas Itinerary for 3 days?

Don’t miss the fabulous Las Vegas Sign, the Mandalay Hotel and Casino, the Bellagio’s botanical gardens and fountain shows, or Caesar’s Palace. There is so much to take your attention on the strip, so don’t worry if you spend all 3-days wondering up and down. Try and get out to Red Rock Canyon and the Seven Magical Mountains at some point though.

How many days do you need in Las Vegas?

You can be sure to see all the main highlights in 3-4 days if you plan your time.

Las Vegas is a popular vacation destination offering the best mix of entertainment, good weather, and fun attractions. Pulsing with energy and buzzing with excitement, a Vegas vacation makes for the perfect holiday getaway!

Although this city has a reputation for wild parties, buzzing casinos, and crazy nightlife, there is so much more to this unique and diverse city. From world-class restaurants and trendy shopping malls, to unreal shows, there’s something for all ages to enjoy!

We hope you three days in Vegas helps you tick off all the boxes of your Sin City bucket list. This larger-than-life city is the perfect place to take an exciting and memorable vacation. There’s really no place quite like Vegas!

Colleen Kinsey

Share or save this post

Beautiful Las Vegas so Amazing!!!! We have a wonderful time in Vegas

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Notify me of followup comments via e-mail.

The Ultimate 4-Day Las Vegas Itinerary 2024 (Local’s Guide)

A World in Reach contains affiliate links. If you make a purchase through these links, I may receive a commission at no cost to you! Read my full disclosure here .

Ready to spend 4 days in Las Vegas? This 4-Day Las Vegas itinerary will help you plan out everything you need to do during the trip including recommendations on things to do, where to stay, where to eat, and more!

Planning your 4-Day Las Vegas Itinerary last minute?

No time to read the full itinerary? Here are some of Vegas’s top activities, tours, hotels, and more! Top Tours and Activities in Las Vegas : 1. “O” by Cirque du Soleil – the most popular Cirque du Soleil show in Las Vegas! 2. The Mob Museum – one of the best museums in Las Vegas 3. Hoover Dam Tour from Las Vegas – one of the most popular day trips from Las Vegas 4. Venetian Gondola Ride + Madame Tussauds – two iconic Vegas attractions for one price! Best Places to Stay in Las Vegas: 1. The Cosmopolitan – one of the top-rated hotels in Las Vegas 2. Horseshoe Las Vegas – affordable & perfectly located 3. Mandalay Bay – home to some of the best pools in Vegas

When you think of exciting US destinations for a quick getaway, Las Vegas is probably one of the first spots that comes to mind.

Las Vegas is world-famous for its gambling, nightlife, dining, and entertainment. With so many things to do, it’s the perfect destination for a getaway with your partner or a group of friends.

I’ve been lucky enough to visit Las Vegas twice, and both times I had a blast experiencing all that Sin City has to offer. But, with so many things to choose from, planning your Las Vegas itinerary can be super overwhelming!

To help with planning the perfect Las Vegas itinerary, Shannon from Three Days in Vegas put together this ultimate 4-Day Las Vegas itinerary. Shannon is a local who lived in Las Vegas for 10 years, so you could say she’s an expert on how to have the perfect trip to Sin City!

This Vegas itinerary was written with couples in mind, but you can easily tailor it for a trip with friends, family, or even a solo adventure!

Keep reading for tips on how to plan a perfect 4 days in Las Vegas, including a day-by-day itinerary, tips on where to stay and eat, and more helpful Las Vegas travel tips!

Table of Contents

The Ultimate 4-Day Las Vegas Itinerary

Welcome to the ultimate 4-Day Las Vegas Itinerary, where we guide you through diverse experiences ranging from stunning tourist attractions to vibrant nightlife!

Amidst your Vegas getaway, explore world-class entertainment and indulge in exquisite gourmet restaurants while making unforgettable memories.

Sin City offers more than just casinos, it is a treasure trove of culture, art, and amazing outdoor adventures.

Day 1: Explore the Las Vegas Strip

Kicking off your 4-day Las Vegas itinerary, you simply cannot miss exploring the iconic Las Vegas Strip.

Start at the south end at the Welcome to Las Vegas Sign and make your way north to discover a plethora of attractions that this world-famous destination has to offer.

This Day 1 itinerary gives you plenty of options to choose from – pick one or two attractions to visit, or check out all of them!

Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas Sign

At this point I am sure you are dying to get exploring, so get started with a visit to the iconic Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas Sign.

This historic landmark is considered by many as the official southern end of the famous Las Vegas Strip and is located across from Bali Hai Golf Club, one of two nearby golf courses.

There is usually a line to get pictures but it does move fast. On occasions, you might even get an opportunity to grab a pic with Elvis!

After grabbing some amazing photos at the sign (trust me when I say that these pictures are perfect for Instagram), head on up the strip to the next stop.

Shark Reef Aquarium at Mandalay Bay

Diving into the underwater world of exotic marine life, you’ll be in awe at the Shark Reef Aquarium at Mandalay Bay .

Located right up the Las Vegas Strip at the Mandalay Bay Hotel and Casino , this exciting aquatic adventure features over 2,000 animals and offers an interactive glimpse into some of the ocean’s most fascinating creatures.

To take our Las Vegas experience a level higher (or deeper?), sign up for the unforgettable Shark Reef Shark Feed program. This guided tour not only gives you exclusive access to explore behind-the-scenes how sharks feed but also allows you to feed the sharks!

⭐️ BOOK NOW: Shark Reef at Mandalay Bay

Titanic: The Artifact Exhibition at Luxor

When in Las Vegas, one must visit the Titanic: The Artifact Exhibition at Luxor .

This exhibition, located at the Luxor Hotel & Casino , displays over 250 authentic artifacts recovered from the wreck site of the infamous ocean liner, Titanic.

It also features recreations of famous rooms from the ship to give visitors a realistic feeling of what it was like aboard during its short maiden voyage. I found this exhibit both haunting and fascinating.

Walking through this museum is like stepping back in time, as you learn about the tragedy that happened on April 15th, 1912.

⭐️ Pre-book your Titanic: The Artifact Exhibition skip-the-line tickets!

Big Apple Coaster at New York-New York

The Big Apple Coaster at New York-New York is a must-visit for any thrill-seekers exploring the Las Vegas Strip.

This steel hyper roller coaster features a heartline twist and dive maneuver that offers an adrenaline rush like no other.

With speeds reaching over 67 mph and providing more than a 203 ft drop, it’s not for the faint of heart!

The ride begins with a steep incline that provides fantastic views of the strip before rushing down into twists, turns, and drops.

⭐️ Book your Big Apple Coaster tickets here!

Fountains of Bellagio

The Fountains of Bellagio, outside of the Bellagio Resort , is an iconic free Las Vegas attraction that should not be missed during your 4-day itinerary.

The water feature show features complex water displays set to music, and it’s completely free to watch.

It’s one of the must-see sights on The Strip, which has been dazzling visitors for over two decades.

Each show lasts for a specific amount of time ranging from three to five minutes, featuring different songs and effects designed to mesmerize spectators.

Pro tip: the show is best enjoyed at night when you can see both the fountains and their lights!

Gondola Rides at The Venetian

On Day 1 of your Las Vegas itinerary, be sure not to miss the romantic and enchanting gondola rides at The Venetian .

The authentic Venetian gondolas glide down the Grand Canal inside the resort, offering a unique and intimate experience for couples.

Each gondola can seat up to four people, but renting a private two-person boat will make it even more special.

The beautiful waterway tour will take you under bridges while being serenaded by your very own singing gondolier providing an unforgettable experience that you’ll cherish forever.

Don’t forget to admire the stunning architecture inspired by Venice and soak up all of its cultural details while on board.

You can purchase tickets in advance online , making it easy and convenient for you to include this must-visit attraction during your visit to the Las Vegas strip.

Dinner and a Show

By this point in the day, you are probably getting hungry and need a break from the crowds.

When it comes to the Las Vegas experience, there is nothing quite like a night out on the Strip.

There are plenty of options to choose from when it comes to shows on the Strip, including musicals, acrobatics, comedy acts, and more.

One popular choice is Cirque du Soleil’s “O” at the Bellagio Hotel , which combines aquatic elements with incredible feats of athleticism and stunning choreography.

Another fantastic option is The Beatles LOVE by Cirque du Soleil at The Mirage Hotel (soon to be Hard Rock) for those who enjoy classic rock music paired with jaw-dropping acrobatic stunts.

Many musicians also have residencies in Las Vegas, where they play several shows over a period of time at a Vegas venue. You can see all current and upcoming Las Vegas residencies here .

Here are some more of the most popular shows in Las Vegas:

⭐️ Michael Jackson ONE by Cirque du Soleil at Mandalay Bay ⭐️ Mystère by Cirque du Soleil at Treasure Island Hotel & Casino ⭐️ David Copperfield at the MGM Grand ⭐️ KÀ by Cirque du Soleil at the MGM Grand ⭐️ Penn & Teller at Rio

Day 2: Choose an Outdoor Adventure

On day two of your Las Vegas itinerary, it’s time to step away from the bustling casinos and immerse yourself in the exciting adventure and natural beauty surrounding Sin City.

You’ll be amazed at how many outdoor activities are at your fingertips within a short drive.

Discover amazing things to see at Red Rock Canyon or visit the Hoover Dam before experiencing the unbeatable nightlife.

Red Rock Canyon

Red Rock Canyon is a must-visit attraction for travelers who are looking to escape the chaos of Las Vegas and immerse themselves in natural beauty.

Red Rock Canyon is a nature lover’s dream located about a 30-minute drive from Las Vegas and a perfect spot to capture those Instagrammable moments.

The canyon is filled with diverse and colorful rock formations, natural beauty, and vivid colors that are sure to awaken your inner adventurer.

As outdoor recreation enthusiasts ourselves, we particularly recommend spending day two exploring and hiking Red Rock Canyon . The Calico Hills area and the Calico Tanks trail are ideal spots to hike, enjoy breathtaking views of the landscape, or indulge in some rock-climbing or other adventure activities.

Red Rock Canyon is under a half-hour drive from the Strip. If you don’t have a car while in Vegas, I recommend taking a tour that will pick you up from your hotel and drive you to Red Rock Canyon, where a guide will show you the best that the area has to offer.

⭐️ This is the best Red Rock Canyon tour from Vegas !

Visiting the Hoover Dam is another top pick for day 2.

Located on the Arizona-Nevada border, this massive structure was built during the Great Depression and provides hydroelectric power to both states.

While there, you can walk across the top of the dam and enjoy stunning views of the Colorado River below.

You can also explore other attractions nearby such as Boulder City, Lake Mead, and even take in the Mike O’Callaghan–Pat Tillman Memorial Bridge.

Visiting Hoover Dam makes for a memorable day trip from Las Vegas. Sign up for a guided tour to learn about its history and construction process or you can simply view it from afar at nearby lookout points for awe-inspiring views!

The Hoover Dam is about 45 minutes from Las Vegas. You’ll probably be able to get an Uber or Lyft there, but getting one to return to Vegas might be tricky! (Editor’s Note: I (Sydney) might have personal experience with this…)

Because of this, I highly recommend taking a guided tour to the Hoover Dam from Vegas if you don’t have access to a car.

I recommend this Hoover Dam tour from Vegas . It lasts about 3.5 hours, so you have plenty of time to both see the Hoover Dam and explore more of Vegas itself once you return. You can even add on a stop at the nearby Seven Magic Mountains!

If you want a more in-depth Hoover Dam experience, this 6.5-hour Hoover Dam tour from Vegas includes a guided tour of the Dam, a tour of the power plant, lunch, and more!

⭐️ This is my favorite Hoover Dam tour from Las Vegas !

Grand Canyon

Day 2 of your Las Vegas itinerary is all about outdoor adventures, and what better way to experience the natural wonders than by taking a trip to the Grand Canyon?

Tours for visiting the Grand Canyon from Las Vegas can be booked via helicopter (for the spendy travelers) or by jeep/van/bus and can be done as day trips or overnight stays.

Most of the day trips visit the West Rim of the Grand Canyon , which isn’t part of Grand Canyon National Park. The West Rim is home to the famous Grand Canyon Skywalk, the glass walkway that extends over the canyon’s rim.

Many of the Grand Canyon West Rim day trips also include a stop at Hoover Dam.

There are also full-day tours to the Grand Canyon South Rim from Las Vegas . These tours take you to some of the most beautiful viewpoints of the canyon located within Grand Canyon National Park.

⭐️ I recommend this Grand Canyon South Rim tour from Vegas

Check out the famous Las Vegas Nightlife

After a day of exploring some of the natural wonders around Vegas, you are probably ready for a drink!

You can’t leave without experiencing the city’s infamous nightlife. From sprawling nightclubs and rooftop bars to intimate lounges and live music venues, Las Vegas has it all.

If you’re looking for high-energy dance floors and celebrity DJs, check out Hakkasan at MGM Grand or XS at Encore.

For a more subdued setting with craft cocktails and sophisticated vibes, head over to The Chandelier Bar or Vesper Bar at The Cosmopolitan.

Whatever your preference may be, Las Vegas promises an unforgettable night out on the town!

Day 3: Explore Downtown Las Vegas

On day 3 of our Las Vegas itinerary, you’ll immerse yourself in the city’s vibrant art and culture scene.

Even though Sin City is primarily known for its over-the-top entertainment and glitzy casinos, there’s a hidden gem that lies beneath it all – the thriving world of museums and galleries.

Explore the vibrant side of Las Vegas by checking out some of the best things to do in downtown Las Vegas , such as Fremont Street, 18b Arts District, Mob Museum, Neon Museum, and Area 15.

Fremont Street Experience

On Day 3 of your Las Vegas itinerary, be sure to explore Fremont Street in downtown Las Vegas.

Known as the Glitter Gulch, this pedestrian walkway offers an unforgettable experience with its overhead LED canopy that spans across five blocks.

One of the highlights of your trip will likely be experiencing the Fremont Street Experience light show once night falls.

As you gaze up at the incredible display, complete with music and special effects, you’ll feel like you’re in a different world altogether.

18b Arts District

Another fun thing to do on your third day in Vegas is explore the 18b Arts District, located just over a mile from downtown Las Vegas.

The district’s name comes from its original development as an 18-block area dedicated to supporting local artists and art lovers alike.

The district is easily walkable, especially during favorable weather conditions, offering you the chance to discover numerous galleries featuring works by local artists.

We also enjoyed exploring the murals on buildings and walls around the area that showcase some of the most impressive street art we’ve ever seen.

The 18b also has some great vintage clothing stores to explore, cool bars, and one of the hottest food scenes in Las Vegas.

Seeing so many people come together to support this budding creative community in Las Vegas was fantastic.

This 18b Crawl tour , led by a local guide, is a great way to see more of the district.

The Mob Museum

While in Downtown Las Vegas, check out the Mob Museum to learn about organized crime history in America.

This unique museum focuses on the history of organized crime and law enforcement in America, with an emphasis on Las Vegas.

Don’t miss out on visiting their Distillery or Speakeasy while you’re there for a truly immersive experience. This will be one of the highlights of your trip!

⭐️ Book admission tickets to The Mob Museum here!

Neon Museum

We visited the Neon Museum during our exploration of downtown Las Vegas, and it was one of the best experiences on our trip.

The outdoor exhibition space showcases over 200 retired signs from vintage casinos and businesses across town, providing a unique peek into old Vegas.

What we loved about the Neon Museum was not just its historical value but also its artistic appeal.

Walking among these colorful vintage signs under the bright blue sky made us feel like we were in an outdoor art gallery. It was as if each sign had its own story to tell.

The guided tour was informative and engaging, giving us insight into how this nonprofit organization salvages and restores vintage Vegas neon.

I highly recommend visiting at night when the restored electric lights come alive, creating a surreal atmosphere that will leave you awestruck.

Tickets often sell out, so booking in advance is highly recommended.

As young adults exploring Las Vegas, you don’t want to miss out on AREA15, an immersive entertainment and events district located in downtown Las Vegas.

The futuristic architecture and open space concept make it a unique shopping destination that offers a surreal experience.

Make sure to stop by Meow Wolf’s Omega Mart , a store that puts a surrealist twist on traditional grocery stores making for an unforgettable shopping adventure.

It boasts of unique shopping opportunities with hidden “experience rooms” scattered throughout the aisles.

⭐️ Book your Omega Mart tickets here!

Day 4 in Las Vegas: Relax!

After three action-packed days of exploring in and around Las Vegas, day 4 of your Las Vegas itinerary is all about relaxation and fun activities.

Take advantage of the many entertainment options that Las Vegas has to offer, or head to one of the many luxury spas for a relaxing massage or facial.

Treat yourself to a Spa Visit

After three full days of exploring the Las Vegas Strip and enjoying outdoor adventures, it’s time to relax and pamper yourselves on day four.

Las Vegas is home to some of the best spas in the world, offering a wide range of services from massages to beauty treatments and aromatherapy.

Guests can choose from various massage therapies such as Swedish massage, deep tissue massage, hot stone massage, or even opt for a romantic couples’ massage.

The Wynn Spa offers a unique “Lily Pad” experience where guests can rent their own private cabana by the pool while indulging in spa treatments.

If you want something more intimate, you could try out some of the most romantic couples’ massages in Las Vegas like Couple’s Dessert Stone Indulgence or Good Luck Ritual – both offered at The Wynn.

Most of the spas at the resorts on the Strip are pretty pricey, but you can find more affordable places. The Spa at the LINQ has prices a bit closer to what you might pay outside of Vegas. You can also frequently find Las Vegas spa deals on Groupon .

Relax at one of the amazing Las Vegas Pools

There’s no better way to soak up the Las Vegas sun than by lounging at one of the amazing pools.

One of my favorite picks is the Boulevard Pool at Cosmopolitan . This hotel boasts a rooftop pool surrounded by plunge pools with a serene environment overlooking the strip and perfect for relaxing as a couple.

If you’re looking for something more lively, Caesars Palace has the Garden of the Gods Pool Oasis with seven different pool experiences – from swim-up blackjack tables to luxurious daybeds with personalized service.

Most Vegas resorts sell pool passes so that you can visit even if you’re not staying at the resort.

If you want to party a bit more, consider visiting one of the Vegas Day Clubs or pool parties !

Enjoy a Final Dinner

As your 4 day Las Vegas trip comes to a close, there’s nothing better than enjoying a delicious dinner as you wind down your trip.

Las Vegas is renowned for its world-class restaurants, offering everything from classic American fare to international cuisine.

Many of the restaurants on the Strip are expensive, but you can treat yourself to a special dinner at a reasonable price.

For a delicious meal that won’t break the bank, check out Chin Chin , a great Chinese restaurant in the MGM that’s among the top-rated restaurants on the Strip. Here, you’ll find delicious food, great drinks, and a nice atmosphere – all at a great price.

For a really special experience, make a reservation at L’Atelier de Joël Robuchon in the MGM Grand. This restaurant serves French cuisine and even has a Michelin star, but the prices are much less than what you’ll find at Vegas’s other Michelin-starred restaurants.

4 Days in Las Vegas: Top Las Vegas Travel Tips

Ready to start planning the details of your Las Vegas trip? Here are some helpful Las Vegas travel tips!

When to Visit Las Vegas

Las Vegas is a year-round destination, but there are times when it’s better to visit Sin City than others.

Here are the ideal times to plan a trip to Las Vegas:

• Spring (February – April): This season brings mild temperatures and fewer crowds, making it an excellent time to explore outdoor attractions like Red Rock Canyon or Hoover Dam. You can also time your visit so that it’s over spring break !
• Fall (September – November): Similar to spring, autumn features beautiful weather conditions and less crowded tourist destinations. It’s an ideal time for sightseeing trips and exploring the city’s top attractions.
• Summer (June – August): Summer is the peak season in Las Vegas as many people choose this period for their vacation. However, do expect high temperatures that can sometimes rise above 100 degrees Fahrenheit during the daytime.
• Winter (December – January): Although winter temperatures are mild compared to other parts of the country, they can be too cold for some visitors looking forward to enjoying outdoor activities in Las Vegas.
• Major Events: When planning a trip to Las Vegas, consider the city’s busy events calendar and schedule accordingly. Popular events like New Year’s Eve, Super Bowl Weekend, and Fourth of July attract huge crowds making it hard to secure good accommodation options at affordable rates.

Celebratory events, like a 21st birthday , a bachelor or bachelorette party, or an engagement are also great times to plan a trip to Las Vegas!

Las Vegas has something for everyone throughout the year no matter when you prefer traveling here; however, choosing the right time means you get optimal weather patterns whilst avoiding peak periods with expensive rates that may put a dent in your budget.

Where to Stay in Las Vegas

Looking for accommodation options in Las Vegas? Here are some recommendations to consider:

The Bellagio

⭐️ Rating: 8.6/10

Known for its luxury and iconic fountain show, offers spacious rooms with beautiful views of the city.

⭐️ Check prices and availability at The Bellagio

The Cosmopolitan

⭐️ Rating: 9/10

This trendy hotel is perfect for young adults looking to experience the night scene in Las Vegas. It features an energetic atmosphere, DJs, and rooftop pools.

⭐️ Check prices and availability at The Cosmopolitan

ARIA Resort & Casino

⭐️ Rating: 8.4/10

With modern decor and a central location on the Strip, this hotel is perfect for travelers who want to explore the city’s most popular attractions.

⭐️ Check prices and availability at ARIA Resort & Casino

Mandalay Bay Resort and Casino

⭐️ Rating: 8.2/10

Mandalay Bay is one of the best hotels in Las Vegas if you’re looking to relax by the pool. This resort features an artificial beach with wave pools and lazy river rides.

⭐️ Check prices and availability at Mandalay Bay

The Venetian Resort

⭐️ Rating: 8.8/10

For travelers who love Italian-inspired architecture, The Venetian offers elegant suites styled after Venice’s canals. It also has several high-end dining options and a casino attached.

⭐️ Check prices and availability at The Venetian

Horseshoe Las Vegas

⭐️ Rating: 7.8/10

If you’re looking for a more budget-friendly place to stay in Las Vegas, look no further than Horseshoe (formerly Bally’s). It’s not the fanciest place to stay, but it’s perfectly located in the middle of the Strip, the rooms are nice and clean, and the rates are great!

⭐️ Check prices and availability at Horseshoe Las Vegas

Remember to book ahead of time as hotels in Las Vegas tend to fill up quickly!

Another important thing to keep in mind when booking your Las Vegas hotel: most of the hotels charge a daily resort fee , so make sure to account for that in your budget.

A nightly rate might look low, but you’ll likely have to add on a $24-$45 daily resort fee to that price.

This website does a great job of keeping an updated list of Las Vegas resort fees.

Getting Around Las Vegas

Navigating Las Vegas can be overwhelming, but there are several options for getting around the city without breaking the bank. Here are some tips:

• Public Transportation – The RTC (Regional Transportation Commission) offers several bus routes throughout the city, including the Deuce which runs along the Las Vegas Strip. A 24-hour pass costs $8 and a 3-day pass costs $20, making it an affordable option for those on a budget.
• Ride Sharing – Services like Uber and Lyft are popular in Las Vegas and provide a convenient way to get around the city. Fares vary depending on the distance traveled, but it is typically more expensive than public transportation.
• Las Vegas Monorail – The Las Vegas Monorail connects several major hotels and attractions along the Strip. A single ride starts at $5 and day passes start at $13.
• Walking – Depending on where you’re staying and what activities you have planned, walking can be a great way to get some exercise while exploring the city.
• Rental Car – You definitely don’t need a rental car in Las Vegas as both public transportation and ride-sharing are convenient for getting around. But if you want a rental to take a day trip, or if you’re visiting Vegas as part of a longer road trip and are renting a car for that, Discover Cars is the best site for finding the best price and booking rentals.

4-Day Las Vegas Itinerary: Frequently Asked Questions

Is 4 days enough in vegas.

Spending 4 days in Las Vegas is the perfect amount of time to experience the city! You’ll be able to hit the top sights on the Strip and Downtown, check out the nightlife, and go on an outdoor adventure or two.

How to pack for 4 days in Vegas?

When planning your Vegas packing list, make sure to include comfortable walking shoes, a nicer outfit for dinner or going out, a jacket for chilly nights, a swimsuit, flip-flops for the pool, sunscreen, a hat, sunglasses, and your government-issued ID so you can get into the bars and casinos!

How much money do you need in Vegas for 4 days?

Vegas isn’t the cheapest destination. It can be done cheaply, but spending a bit more will give you a better experience. It can also be quite expensive depending on where you eat and stay! For a mid-range Vegas budget, plan on about $200 a day.

4 Days in Las Vegas: Wrap-Up

Las Vegas is the perfect destination for a 4-day trip with your friends, family, or significant other.

With so much to see and do, it can be overwhelming to plan an itinerary. However, this 4-day Las Vegas itinerary offers some of the best experiences in Las Vegas for young travelers.

From exploring the famous Strip and enjoying gourmet dining options to outdoor adventures like hiking at Red Rock Canyon or visiting the Hoover Dam, there’s something for everyone to enjoy.

After traveling outside of the US for the first time while studying abroad, I quickly developed a love for travel and an obsession for exploring as much of the world as possible. Now, I'm on a mission to teach college students, young adults, and anyone else who wants to see the world how to travel while minimizing their expenses and maximizing their experiences.

5 Day Las Vegas Itinerary: A Mix of Top Attractions and Hidden Gems

By: Author Aly Smalls

Posted on Published: April 22, 2022  - Last updated: March 5, 2024

Share with your friends!

Most people visit Las Vegas for a weekend or a 3-day getaway. But spending 5 days in Vegas allows you to get a taste of every type of experience in Sin City and the gorgeous Nevada scenery that surrounds it.

In my opinion, 5 days is the perfect amount of time for a Vegas vacation.

You’ll get to explore as much of the Strip as you want, enjoy pool time, see a couple shows, experience the downtown and Fremont Street areas as well as some off-strip activities and attractions. 

In this 5 day Las Vegas itinerary, I’ve built in the top attractions and must-do activities, as well as a few hidden gems and off the beaten path adventures. 

I’ve also curated it as a ‘choose your own adventure’ style.

Where possible, I’ve added an alternative activity (or two) if the first suggestion doesn’t work for your travel style or schedule. 

Also, depending which hotel you’re staying at, you can move this itinerary around to make it work best for you. 

Whether you’re traveling as a couple, as a family or on a group vacation in Vegas, this 5 day itinerary has something to do for everyone. 

This post contains affiliate links, meaning if you click through and make a purchase I may make a small commission. I only share information about things I know, love and trust!

Day 1: North Strip Sightseeing 

Day 1 overview .

No matter how many (or how few) times you’ve been to Vegas, the first day excitement of hitting the Strip is so fun!

You’ll start your day with breakfast on one of the best patios in Vegas, wander a portion of the Strip, enjoy pool or shopping time, indulge at a celebrity-chef restaurant for dinner and then soak up the glitz and glamor at night. 

Breakfast at: Mon Ami Gabi at the Paris Hotel 

Sightseeing along the central and North part of the Strip. 

At the Paris Hotel take cute photos with the Eiffel Tower, wander the casino floor and admire the French themed architecture and styling (this is one of my favorite hotels). 

Head across the street to the Bellagio Hotel and visit the Conservatory and Botanical Gardens and the general grandeur of the hotel.

You can capture great photos of the Strip if you walk out directly from the Bellagio valet, or head to the elevated pedestrian walkway that connects to the Cosmopolitan. 

Keep heading North to the Flamingo Hotel and check out the pink vintage vibe and take a stroll through the wildlife habitat and watch the Flamingos.

Stop for lunch at one of the many restaurants along the LINQ promenade. 

Tip – go for the frozen Baileys at O’Sheas for a sweet and boozy treat. 

Tip – buy a pass for the hop-on-hop-off bus that travels up and down the Strip!

Get off your feet, enjoy panoramic views from the open-top, as well as an on board guide narrating and pointing out the highlights.

You can get on and off wherever you want!

Afternoon 

Option 1: Hang out at the hotel pool

Option 2: More Strip sightseeing – stroll through Caesars Palace, the Venetian and the Mirage. 

Option 3: shopping! Depending what your budget is, you can spend the afternoon visiting the high end shops in the Bellagio, the Forum Shops at Caesars, or the Grand Canal Shoppes in the Venetian. Or for a more casual afternoon of shopping, visit the Fashion Show Mall.  

O ption 4: (best for families with kids): Circus Circus Adventuredome Theme Park

This is an impressive indoor amusement park great for kids of all ages, complete with a rollercoaster, bumper cars, carnival games and more. 

Read more: Best Places to Drink on the Las Vegas Strip: Views, Fancy Drinks & Deals

Dinner 

Option 1: Your favorite celebrity chef restaurant. There are so many to choose from, some of the most popular choices are:

• Gordon Ramsay Hell’s Kitchen
• Giada at the Cromwell
• Vanderpump a Paris 

Option 2: Bacchanal Buffet at Caesars Palace . One of the top rated buffets in Vegas (it’s actually rated a lot higher than Hell’s Kitchen on Tripadvisor).

Evening Options 

High Roller Observation Wheel

I recommend doing this on your first night in Vegas because you might want to do it a second time! The views are so impressive.

Plus, you can choose tickets for a pod that has an unlimited open bar for the entire ride. 

Tip – buy your tickets ahead of time to save time from waiting in line. 

For the rest of the evening, enjoy the free evening entertainment on the Strip. Catch the Bellagio fountains show, the Mirage Volcano, the Lake of Dreams at the Wynn and even the live music at Carnival Court near Harrah’s. 

Optional:  

Nightclub Crawl Party Bus

Visit 3 different clubs, get VIP entry and unlimited drinks on your hop-on hop-off party bus!

Hint – you’ll stop at the Fountain Room for one of the most incredible night views of the Strip. 

Day 2: South Strip Sightseeing 

Day 2 overview.

On day 2, you’ll catch up on a portion of the Strip you haven’t visited yet. We’ll find some great photo opportunities, visit shops with tasty treats, sip some unique drinks and see an iconic show. 

La Salsa Cantina for $6.99! This is one of the best value breakfasts you can get on the Strip.

After breakfast, tour around Planet Hollywood and visit the Miracle Mile Shops.

Sightseeing along the south end of the Strip. 

Spend some time on each floor of the Cosmopolitan and don’t miss stopping for a drink at the 3-floor Chandelier bar.

Hint , order the secret drink off the menu called the Verbena.

If you’re not up for a drink, try the cereal milk-flavored soft serve at Milk Bar. 

Stop in at Sugar Factory for great selfie spots.

Visit the Coca Cola store and try a flight tasting of 16 different coca cola products from around the world. 

Make your way to the New York New Hotel, another one of the best-themed hotels on the Strip.

Visit the replica of the Brooklyn Bridge, the Big Apple roller coaster, visit the M&M store and have a martini at the Chocolate Bar.

Take a taxi or rideshare to get photos at the Welcome to Las Vegas Sign.

You can also walk from the Mandalay Bay, but expect it to take about 20 to 30 minutes. 

Afternoon: 

Option 1: Pool time at the hotel – great for relaxing and sunshine!

Option 2: Top Golf at MGM – great for a group trip!

Option 3 : Afternoon trip – great choice if you’re looking for something new to do in Vegas!

• ATV Tour in the Sand Dunes for those who want a rugged and adventurous experience! About 3 hours. 
• Horseback Ride through Red Rock Canyon . After a short drive from the Strip, take a guided horseback tour through the rugged landscape that surrounds Las Vegas. 
• Outdoor Shooting Experience at Adrenaline Mountain . One of the highest rate ranges in Vegas.

Option 4: Pinball Hall of Fame – fun, low cost choice for all ages

This place is packed full of pinball machines and retro arcade games.

The machines take quarters, and you can go for quite a while on about $20 per person. 

Dinner: 

Option 1: Mayfair Supper Club . Upscale, vintage Las Vegas with a speakeasy prohibition theme. So elegant and lots of fun!

Option 2: Eiffel Tower restaurant for an ultra romantic dining experience, and mouth-watering beef wellington. 

Option 3: Ellis Island for a $15 steak dinner, and even several dollars cheaper if you sign up for the players card (also rated higher than Hell’s Kitchen on Tripadvisor)!

Experience an iconic Vegas show and have a nightcap at a hidden speakeasy. 

Show Options: 

• Absinthe : a vintage-style half cabaret half circus, that’s extremely raunchy and highly immersive. It’s my favorite show in Vegas. 
• Carrot Top is the best rated comedy show in Vegas. 
• V- The Ultimate Variety Show has something for everyone. 
• For Families, the Blue Man Group . 
• And for a dinner and a show combo – the Tournament of Kings is a medieval celebration complete with jousting and turkey legs for dinner. 

If you have time, seek out a drink at a speakeasy bar.

There are tons hidden around the Strip.

A popular spot is Ghost Donkey , at the back of the 3rd floor food court of the Cosmopolitan. 

Day 3 – Off Strip Day Trip Adventure

After 2 full days exploring every inch of Las Vegas boulevard, you’ll be ready for a different change of pace.

I recommend getting out of the city – and there are tons of great tours you can take. 

• Emerald Cove Kayak Tour . Can you believe there are gorgeous emerald rivers not far from the city? On this tour, you’ll get picked up at your hotel, and then kayak the clear waters of the Colorado River with stops at scenic spots along the way for swimming or hiking. 
• Canyon ATV and Abandoned Gold Mine tour . After your hotel pickup, cruise through the desert and cactus forests on your ATV before arriving at an abandoned and rumored haunted gold mine. You’ll get a walking tour and learn all kinds of history. Lunch is included!
• Grand Canyon and Hoover Dam Tour . This is a full day tour, but you will get to see some of the most iconic places in the USA! After pick up in a modern bus (with washrooms on board), you’ll stop for hot breakfast, visit Hoover Dam and then arrive at Grand Canyon West Rim. Here you can do the optional skywalk platform – a glass bridge suspended 400 feet above the canyon floor! 

Day 4: Arts District and Fremont Street Experience

Day 4 overview.

We’re kickin’ it old school for some classic Las Vegas vibes.

Start with a hidden gem breakfast spot and then make your day downtown to experience the funky Arts District and Fremont East neighborhoods.

As the day turns to evening, make your way to the Fremont Street Experience for an incredible evening of lights, live music and street entertainment. 

Breakfast 

Option 1: Vickie’s Diner. An all pink, 1950s-themed diner. Great prices! 

Option 2: Peppermill for a vintage vibe that hasn’t changed since the 1970s. 

Post Breakfast/Afternoon

After breakfast, make your way to the Arts District and stroll around looking at all the murals, vintage shops and tons of craft breweries. 

Tip – you can take the Downtown Loop bus for free ! Catch it at the STRAT hotel (where the rideshare pickup is) and there are stops within the Arts District and Fremont Street. 

Optional activity: stop at the North Premium Outlets, which is only a few minutes away. 

Since it’s still early in the day, start with a historic walking tour of the Fremont area .

On this tour, you’ll learn about how it all began with stories from the golden age of Vegas and stop for great photo opportunities along the way. 

Or if you’re ready for lunch, join this walking food tour of downtown Las Vegas .

You’ll learn lots of history while eating your way through the downtown at 5 unique and off the beaten path eateries. 

Make your way to Ferguson’s Downtown , which is in the Fremont East neighborhood.

This is an old motel that has been converted to artisan shops.

If you’re so inclined, stop at Atomic Liquors across the street for a drink at the oldest bar in Las Vegas. 

The Mob Museum is another great stop to learn about some of the more scandalous history of this city and all the mobsters who ran it.

Don’t forget to drop into the hidden speakeasy bar at the end. 

Evening on Fremont Street

As the sun sets and the glittering lights shine, the Fremont Street Experience becomes an entirely different area!

Walk around, hit the old casinos, listen to the free live concerts, watch the street buskers, anything! 

I recommend a choice of two great Mexican restaurants.

La Comida offers a hip warehouse vibe, yet still a very authentic Mexican feel. Amazing tacos here.

Nacho Daddy for more casual Mexican food with fun drinks.

Day 5: Las Vegas Strip and Hidden Gems

Day 5 overview.

Your last full day in Vegas includes visiting any last spots you haven’t been to on the Strip and a few hidden gems places if you’re “stripped out”. 

Now that you’ve have 4 full days in Vegas, it’s your chance to hit anything you haven’t been able to do on this list so far. 

Enjoy some last minute pool time, or explore your favorite areas on the Strip.

If you want some unique places to explore , here are my top recommendations. 

Gäbi Coffee & Bakery .

A hidden gem greenhouse within a warehouse vibe that serves the prettiest cakes, pastries, coffees and teas. 

Want something a little more wild for breakfast?

Hit up Drag Brunch at Señor Frog’s. Get your tickets in advance, because these shows sell out. 

Visit the Lion Habitat Ranch , about 20 minutes south of the Strip and visit the rescued lions and watch Ozzie the giraffe paint pictures.

You can even feed the giraffe and lions. 

Tip – if you’re headed to the Lion Ranch, stop for breakfast on the way at Crepe Expectations . It was featured on Diners, Drive-Ins and Dives.

Try the Elvis crepe with peanut butter, banana and bacon. Lots of gluten free options, too. 

I also recommend Squeeze In , which has a massive omelet menu served among funky décor – they encourage guests to draw on the walls! 

How Many Days are Enough in Vegas?

3 to 5 days are enough to visit Vegas, whether it’s your first time or your 10th time! On the shorter side, you’ll be limited to the top attractions and experiences on the Strip and Fremont.

But if you stay for up to 5 days, you have more time to explore a couple off hidden gems spots off strip, as well as a tour or two out in the rugged (but scenic) Nevada landscape. 

As you can see, there is more than enough to do in Vegas for 5 days to a week. 

Vegas can become overwhelming, especially if it’s your first time.

There’s so much walking, so many crowds, lots of loud much and of course lots of money that gets spent. It’s easy to overdo it. 

If it’s your first time visiting Vegas, 3 days might feel a little rushed. I recommend 4 or 5 days!

It’s not an inexpensive city to visit, so even though you might be able to handle more time, your wallet might not. 

You Might Like: 19 Las Vegas Tips for First Timers | How to Visit Vegas Like A Pro

Is 5 days too Long in Vegas?

If you want to experience the entire Strip, the Fremont Street area, lounge poolside, do some shopping, see a show or two, try adventurous off-Strip activities and visit some hidden gem restaurants, 5 days is not too long in Vegas. 

If you are only planning to explore up and down the Strip and mostly stay nearby the hotel you’re staying at, 5 days is probably a little too long. 

How Much Spending Money Do You Need for 5 days in Vegas?

Based on the typical meal prices in Las Vegas, you will need to budget an average of $40 to $180 per day for food.

Of course, you can spend less if you budget and plan for it, and much more if you eat at high end restaurants for every meal.

You’ll also want to factor in drinks, which will set you back about $10 – 20 each, unless you’re gambling. 

Read more about getting free drinks in Vegas while gambling (and what you can order) . 

• Breakfast: $5 – 30
• Lunch: $10 – 50
• Dinner: $25 – 100+

In addition to your meal costs, activities range widely in prices. The good news is that you can spend an entire day on the Strip and not spend a dime on all the free attractions. 

If you do want to spend some money on tours, I recommend researching online first. This is going to give you an idea of what your budget will have to be. 

For that reason, I recommend using Viator to book tours because they allow free cancellation and don’t charge you until 2 days prior. 

I haven’t included gambling money in this daily budget because it’s different for everyone. 

If you’re looking to do Vegas on a budget, read my entire guide about where to eat, stay, play and spend less in Vegas.

More Las Vegas Blog Posts

• 38 Better Things to Do in Las Vegas Besides Gamble in 2022
• Dreamy Things to Do in Vegas for Couples: Romantic Getaway Guide
• 10 Overrated Things in Las Vegas You Shouldn’t Waste Your Time On (+ better alternatives)
• 7 Las Vegas Scams to Avoid – How to Not Get Ripped Off in Vegas

Before you go…

If you want to stay up to date, get behind the scenes content, or connect with me directly – you can follow my YouTube channel , Facebook Page , Instagram or Twitch channel !

New photos, videos and live streams!

Share this pin to your Pinterest board to save for later!

The Ultimate 3 Days in Las Vegas Itinerary (2024)

• Last Updated: January 31, 2024

We’re going to help you build the best possible 3 days in Las Vegas itinerary!

First of all, take everything you think you know about Las Vegas and throw it out the window.

Nevada’s neon-lit oasis in the desert may be known as Sin City. But there’s much more to Las Vegas than casinos and strip clubs.

These days, the city proudly bills itself as the Entertainment Capital of the World.

And it’s really not an overstatement to say this.

From legendary musicians to world-class performances, professional sports teams and so much more, you will definitely be entertained for 3 days in Las Vegas.

While Las Vegas is famous for “The Strip,” there is a lot to discover outside of these massive casinos and resorts.

With a weekend in Las Vegas, you can also do a bit of hiking, check out a museum or two, and even jump out of a plane if you fancy it.

In between your explorations of this adult playground in the desert, you’ll have some amazing options for eating and drinking.

Take your pick from the fancy casino buffets, international cuisine from all corners of the globe, or maybe just a good old greasy burger from In-n-Out.

Speaking of drinking, go ahead and crack open a beer before you head out for the day.

Las Vegas is one of the very few places in the US where you can legally drink in public. Cheers!

The biggest problem with travelling to Las Vegas is that there’s just so much to see and do and it’s quite spread out.

But I’m stoked to give you the best opportunity to enjoy your time there with this epic 3 day Las Vegas itinerary.

OUR TIP: Pick up a hop-on hop-off bus ticket for unlimited transportation for either 1 or 2 days!

Table of Contents

Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas

The las vegas strip, shark reef aquarium at mandalay bay, titanic: the artifact exhibition and bodies… at luxor, big apple coaster at nyny, fountains at bellagio, gondola rides at the venetian, volcano at the mirage, dinner and a show, red rock canyon, grand canyon, choose your own adventure, 18b arts district, neon museum, fremont street, when to visit las vegas, where to stay in las vegas, getting around las vegas, best budget accommodation – serene, best mid-range accommodation – mgm grand, best luxury accommodation – aria, best restaurants in las vegas, how to spend a perfect 3 days in las vegas.

So you want to spend a weekend in Las Vegas, do you?

The good news is that it doesn’t even have to be on a weekend. This city is ready to party every night of the week!

Actually, it can be beneficial to visit during the week for many reasons.

First of all, the crowds in Las Vegas are way bigger during the weekend.

This is especially true if there’s a festival or another large event in town. So check the calendar to see what’s going on before booking your flight.

You’ve just landed in Las Vegas and the excitement is high.

Perhaps you even hop on a slot machine and order a beer before even leaving the airport. It’s go time, baby!

Consider purchasing a sightseeing flex pass on Get Your Guide to save a ton of money on activities throughout this itinerary!

Before checking in at your accommodation, you might as well make a quick detour for a photo opp.

Just south of the airport, you’ll find the famous “Welcome to Las Vegas” sign.

You can easily jump in a cab or order an Uber and have them cruise you over to the Las Vegas sign to take a few pictures.

Many drivers will also offer to make a pit stop for you at a liquor store.

With your Instagram shot taken and your party supplies secured, you can officially kick off this Las Vegas itinerary.

The Welcome to Las Vegas sign is located in the middle of the road. Every driver in town should know how to get there.

Interestingly enough, the most famous part of Las Vegas isn’t really in downtown Las Vegas at all.

The Las Vegas Strip is actually located south of the city limits in the unincorporated towns of Paradise and Winchester.

The Las Vegas Strip stretches for 6.8 km (4.2 miles) and is full of massive casinos and resorts.

When you think of the Las Vegas skyline, this is what you picture.

Travelling up and down the Las Vegas Strip, you can visit the pyramids of Egypt, the skyscrapers of New York City, and even the Eiffel Tower.

It really is a pretty cool sight to behold and a great way to start day 1.

If you decide to buy the bus pass , you can just hop on the bus and ride it up and down the Strip.

Where and when you decide to hop off the bus all depends on your tastes.

There really is something for everyone along the Las Vegas Strip.

Here are some of the most popular places to add to your 3 day Las Vegas itinerary, going from south to north on the Las Vegas Strip.

Read Next: Check out our post on all the great things to do in Las Vegas to fill your itinerary!

Your journey begins at the southern end of the Vegas Strip at Mandalay Bay.

The main attraction here is the Shark Reef Aquarium, which is home to over 2,000 animals.

Here you can see sharks, rays, turtles, and even a Komodo dragon.

They also have a new exhibit called Polar Journey, which is an interactive look at Earth’s polar regions.

• Cost : USD$36 for adults and $31 for children
• Hours : every day from 10 AM to 6 PM

If you’re a fan of the movie, you’ll definitely want to check out the incredible Titanic exhibition at the Luxor.

Here you’ll find over 250 artifacts recovered from the doomed ship.

There are also impressive recreations of many areas and rooms on the Titanic, including a replica of the Grand Staircase.

Perhaps one of the most unique attractions you can add to your Las Vegas itinerary is BODIES… The Exhibition.

Through an innovative preservation process, they have displayed 13 whole-body specimens here as well as over 250 organs.

Here you’ll get a look at the human body that’s only possible in an anatomy lab.

The exhibit encourages a healthy lifestyle by showing the damage done to bodies through over-eating, smoking, and a lack of exercise.

• Cost : USD$32 for adults and $24 for children. You can also grab a combo ticket for $42 that includes admission to both
• Hours : open daily from 11 am to 6 pm

Read Next: Spending time in the Southwest? Be sure to read our guide on the ultimate 3 days in Phoenix itinerary !

Continuing north on the Strip across Tropicana Avenue, you arrive at New York New York.

This massive casino and resort actually looks like the skyline of New York City, complete with a replica Statue of Liberty!

One of the most fun things to add to your Las Vegas itinerary is a ride on the Big Apple Coaster here.

This epic rollercoaster provides some serious thrills in addition to fantastic views of Las Vegas.

• Cost : $19 for your first ride and $10 for each re-ride (first ride is $23 after 6pm)
• Hours : Mon-Thurs 1pm – 8pm, Fri-Sun 11am – midnight

For a few bucks more, you can tack on the VR experience.

That’s right – you can battle aliens and monsters as you ride a roller coaster.

One of the top things to see in Las Vegas is definitely the fountain show at the Bellagio.

It’s hailed as the most ambitious water feature ever made, and you’ll quickly see why.

Prepare to be amazed at this choreographed display of water, light, and music.

They rotate a wide variety of music, so you can even check it out a few times on your trip.

During the week, the fountain show runs every 30 minutes from 3-8 PM and then every 15 minutes until midnight.

It starts running at noon on Saturday and 11 AM on Sunday.

Best of all, it’s totally free no matter when you see it!

Another popular spot in Las Vegas is the Venetian for their gondola rides.

It’s a little slice of Italy right here in fabulous Las Vegas!

You have the choice between an indoor or outdoor gondola ride.

Either way you go, it’s definitely one of the most romantic things to do in a 3 day Las Vegas itinerary.

• Cost : Mon-Thurs cost $34 per person, Fri-Sun cost $39 per person
• Hours : The indoor rides operate from 10 AM until 11 or midnight and the outdoor ones go from 11 AM until 10 PM.

There are a lot of ridiculous, outlandish things on the Strip, but it’s hard to top the volcano at the Mirage.

Seriously, there’s a volcano right there on the Strip that erupts nightly.

As if the display weren’t cool enough, the music for this show was composed by legendary drummer Mickey Hart of Grateful Dead fame.

He worked with Zakir Hussain (an Indian composer and master of the tabla) to craft an original score. How cool is that?!

You can watch the explosion nightly at 8, 9 and 10 PM. Once again, this is another totally free attraction to add to your Las Vegas itinerary.

Read Next: Want to see more of the Vegas area? Be sure to check out our post on the best day trips from Las Vegas !

As you can see, there’s plenty to see and do to keep you busy on the Strip for a quick trip to Las Vegas.

If you’re motivated, you can check most of those things and then some off your list.

However you choose to spend day 1 on the Las Vegas Strip, you should definitely plan on dinner and a show for your first night in town.

Remember, Las Vegas calls itself the Entertainment Capital of the World. It’s a fair nickname, as your options are nearly endless here.

Each of the large resorts on the Strip has several different options for dining and entertainment.

You could eat sushi then see a magic show. Or you could hit a steak house then see Cirque du Soleil.

Perhaps you’d rather have Italian and see some stand-up comedy.

The choice is yours!

For a list of upcoming shows in downtown Las Vegas, click here .

There are always deals available on shows, especially on weekdays.

When you get out of the show, you’ll walk out to see the Strip in all its neon-lit glory.

Go ahead and take one more walk around, as you’re in for some epic people watching.

We’ve still got a lot to fit into this 3 day Las Vegas itinerary, though, so I recommend taking it relatively easy on night one.

READ MORE: Get out of Las Vegas by taking an awesome Las Vegas to Los Angeles road trip !

It may be a bit tough to avoid the temptations of Las Vegas nightlife. But trust me that it’s worth it to have a more enjoyable day 2.

Today you’re heading out on the day trip of your choosing, and it’ll be way more fun minus a hangover!

Life is all about choices, and you’ve got a big one to make today.

With just 3 days in Las Vegas, you really can’t do it all.

Here are a couple of options that are only around 30 minutes from Sin City.

After exploring all that the Strip has to offer on day one, it’s time to get out into nature.

Thankfully that’s not too difficult, as Red Rock Canyon is just 30 minutes away.

This stunning conservation area is 24 km (15 miles) west of the city.

It makes for an easy half-day trip to add to your Las Vegas itinerary.

As the name would suggest, this area is full of stunning red rock formations.

These were carved over millions of years and it’s an absolutely awe-inspiring landscape to visit.

There’s a one-way loop road around the canyon that gives you access to several different viewpoints and trailheads.

It’s a popular spot to do a bit of hiking, rock climbing, or mountain biking.

Click here to read about all the different hikes and trails.

You have a few different options for visiting the Canyon. The easiest is just signing up for a tour that includes transportation from Las Vegas.

Your options range from open-air van tours, to mountain biking, to scooters, and even hot air balloon rides.

This tour on Get Your Guide is particularly awesome and comes highly recommended.

Alternatively, you can just rent a car for the day. This would allow you to potentially hit Red Rock Canyon and the next spot on our list.

In addition to the rental car cost, expect to pay another USD$15 for a day pass to the area for the vehicle.

One of the most popular places to visit within 30 minutes of Las Vegas is the Hoover Dam.

This engineering marvel was built between 1931-36 during the Great Depression by thousands of workers.

It has 17 generators producing an amazing 4 billion kilowatts of electricity per year!

The Hoover Dam really is an impressive sight to behold, towering 221 meters (726 feet) above the Colorado River.

You can enjoy some incredible views of the dam from the Mike O’ Callaghan – Pat Tillman Memorial Bridge, which connects Nevada to neighbouring Arizona.

To visit the Hoover Dam, you can jump on a tour out of the city.

Being Las Vegas, you have several interesting options. You can kayak down the river, go on a mountain biking tour, or even drive your own Polaris Slingshot out there.

You can always just rent some wheels and check out both Red Rock Canyon and the Hoover Dam in a day.

Alternatively, book an awesome guided tour here .

If you’re feeling super motivated, you can add a day trip out to the Grand Canyon to your Las Vegas itinerary.

Just be advised that it makes for a very long day, as it’s about a 2.5-hour drive to the West Rim.

That being said, it’s worth the effort if you’re not sure if or when you’ll make it back to see the Grand Canyon.

After all, Las Vegas is the closest airport to the West Rim.

One way to cut down on travel time is to visit on a helicopter tour . There are several different options for these as well as land-based tours of the Grand Canyon.

You should consider saving the Grand Canyon for another time as it is one of the most visited places in the United States for good reason.

You can enjoy your time 3 days in Vegas and then rent a car to get yourself to the Grand Canyon separately.

How you spend the rest of your day 2 depends entirely on what day trip you embarked on.

If you just do Red Rock Canyon or the Hoover Dam, you’ll still have plenty of daylight left by the time you get back to Las Vegas.

Here are just a few of the fun things you can do with your afternoon back in Las Vegas:

• Hit a pool party at one of the casinos
• Play KISS mini-golf at the Rio or Twilight Zone at Bailey’s
• Visit the Pinball Hall of Fame
• Ride the thrill rides at the Stratosphere
• Play Top Golf at the MGM
• Go on the High Roller (giant Ferris wheel)
• Visit the Bellagio Botanical Gardens

See how many awesome things there are to do in 3 days in Vegas?

Of course, you could always just try your luck on the slots, at the tables, or at the sportsbook.

Some people skip out on that part of Las Vegas. But it’s obviously a big draw for others.

If you’re not too tired from this busy Las Vegas itinerary so far, it’s time go out and party it up!

How you choose to spend your night is up to you. There are plenty of other shows that are worth catching. One of the more popular shows is The Beatles “Love” show by Cirque du Soleil.

Las Vegas is also home to some awesome dive bars, comedy clubs, breweries, night clubs, and more.

The world really is your oyster on a trip to Las Vegas.

READ MORE: Plan the perfect 3 days in Chicago .

It’s been a massive Las Vegas itinerary thus far, so don’t feel bad about sleeping in a bit on Day 3.

If you haven’t already done so, today is the day to take advantage of one of the city’s countless buffets.

After a nice big meal (and maybe a Bloody Mary or mimosa), you’re ready to take on your final day 3 in Vegas.

The Vegas Strip may be the most famous area of the city, but downtown Las Vegas is where the city was born.

There’s enough to see and do here to spend the entire day exploring the area.

If you’re the artsy type, you’ll definitely want to spend some time wandering around 18b.

Named for the 18 blocks it covers, this is the arts district of Las Vegas about 15 minutes from the Strip.

This vibrant cultural hub is full of art galleries, boutiques, vintage clothing stores, and much more.

It’s the perfect spot to pick up a unique souvenir or just do some window shopping.

The arts district also hosts many different events. If you happen to be in town on the first Friday of the month, you should definitely head here.

The “First Friday” art walk is a very festive event that draws thousands of people.

For more info and other events, be sure to check out their calendar .

A great addition to any 3 Day Las Vegas itinerary is a trip to the Mob Museum.

This interesting museum takes a closer look at organized crime and its impact on American society.

There are three floors full of exhibits ranging from Prohibition-era speakeasies to 100 years of mob history.

Even with a couple of hours you likely won’t see everything!

Cost : USD$29.95. It costs a bit extra to add some of the special experiences, such as a firearm training simulator

Hours : open daily from 9 AM – 9 PM (closed at 7pm on Sundays)

It doesn’t get much more Vegas than this next stop.

The Neon Museum is full of signs from casinos and hotels of yesterday and is a fun place to check out.

Also known as the Neon Boneyard, it’s home to over 200 signs.

At night, they’re illuminated by ground lighting. Some of them have even been restored to their neon-lit glory!

You have a few options for visiting the museum. It’s possible to take a self-guided tour between 9 AM-7 PM. These cost USD$20 per person.

Alternatively, you can hop on an hour-long guided tour for USD$28. We recommend signing up for an evening tour so you can see the restored signs all lit up. Click here to check out the various ticketing options.

Our massive 3 day Las Vegas itinerary winds down with a visit to Fremont Street.

This sprawling open-air mall is the perfect place to finish up a huge weekend in Las Vegas.

A walk along the Fremont Street Experience is total sensory overload.

The canopied street boasts a whopping 12 million LED lamps and the largest audio-video light show in the world!

There are always free concerts going on here, so check the calendar to see what’s playing.

Make sure you catch the Viva Vision light show on the canopy while you’re down here.

If you need some more thrills, you can take a ride on the SlotZilla zipline.

Fremont Street is also home to several restaurants, casinos, and bars, so stick around as late as you like and enjoy your last night in Vegas!

Las Vegas Itinerary Travel Guide

Now that you know what to do during your 3 days in Vegas itinerary, check out our mini travel guide to help you know where to stay and where to eat.

As far as weather goes, Las Vegas is out in the desert.

The summer can be scorchingly hot. But at least it’s a dry heat and there’s air conditioning virtually everywhere you go.

Temperatures can get pretty low at night during the winter, so bring some warm clothes with you.

Spring and fall tend to make the best times to spend 3 days in Las Vegas.

The next thing you’ll want to do is settle on where to stay in Las Vegas.

Your options are basically endless here. From backpacker hostels to cheap motels, to the massive resorts for which the city is famous.

We recommend checking out the options on Booking.com

When it comes to getting around during your busy Las Vegas itinerary 3 days, you’ve got plenty of options.

There are a few tram lines that operate between some of the bigger casinos.

These are free of charge but not really that useful unless you’re staying in one of those places.

While the monorail is widely regarded as a failure, it may be useful to you at some point in your 3 days in Las Vegas.

It runs from the MGM Grand to the SLS Resort with several stops in between. Click here to check out your options for tickets.

Generally, the most viable public transportation option in Las Vegas is the RTC bus.

These can get you up and down the Strip, east and west on residential routes, and even all the way downtown.

Of course, you can always just get a cab. There are always cabs waiting in front of the bigger casinos.

Uber and Lyft are both available in Vegas as well and are super convenient for getting around.

For further exploration of the area such as visiting the Hoover Dam, you’ll need to either sign up on a tour or rent a car.

Accommodation for your Las Vegas Itinerary 3 Days

There are hundreds of options for accommodation in Las Vegas to suit all budgets.

Here are our top picks for budget, mid-range, and luxury options.

If you’re looking for a decent place to stay without breaking the bank, Serene is a solid choice.

This 3-star hotel has easy access to both the airport and the Strip.

The rooms here are comfortable and there’s a nice outdoor pool you can take advantage of as well.

You can get a room for less than $100 during the week and around $125 on weekends.

Check prices on Agoda

Check prices on Booking.com

There are plenty of resorts in Vegas for under $200 a night before fees. But our pick goes to the MGM Grand.

You’ve got everything under one roof here – a sprawling pool complex, spa, fitness centre, restaurants, bars, shops, and more.

This famous casino also has tons of options for entertainment.

They have comedy, magic, live music, and often host big boxing or UFC fights.

You could honestly never leave the resort and you’d have an awesome vacation here.

Those seeking to live like a high roller in Vegas should book a room at Aria.

This sleek 5-star resort is definitely one of the nicest looking in Las Vegas.

It’s also in a great location right on the Strip.

Staying at Aria, you can catch a performance of Cirque du Soleil or legendary rock bands like Aerosmith .

It’s also really close to T-Mobile Arena where the Las Vegas Golden Knights hockey team plays.

There are so many amazing restaurants in Las Vegas that you could try a new place for every meal and barely scratch the surface.

You can get cuisine from all corners of the globe here. It really is a foodie’s paradise in Las Vegas!

Here are just a few recommendations for where to eat in Las Vegas:

Sage – Farm-to-table New American restaurant with seasonal ingredients and an innovative menu.

Le Cirque – A fancy French restaurant in an opulent space. This is the perfect spot for a date night in Vegas.

Wing Lei – This was the first Chinese restaurant in the US to receive a Michelin star thanks to dishes like their Imperial Peking Duck.

Lago – Delicious Italian food with a view of the Bellagio fountains is what you’ll get at this excellent Vegas restaurant.

Lotus of Siam – Often ranked the best Thai restaurant in the US, this place is absolutely fantastic. They have two locations, and the Sahara Ave location is temporarily closed due to staff shortages from the COVID-19 pandemic. But the Flamingo Road location is up and running! Check their website for updates .

DISCLAIMER: Some of the links in this article are affiliate links, which means if you book accommodation, tours or buy a product, we will receive a small commission at no extra cost to you. These commissions help us keep creating more free travel content to help people plan their holidays and adventures. We only recommend the best accommodations, tours and products that ourselves or our fantastic editorial team have personally experienced, and regularly review these. Thanks for your support, kind friend!

Sasha and Rachel

Hi, We’re Alesha and Jarryd!

We’ve been traveling the world together since 2008, searching for the planet’s best destinations and adventures.

Love Travel?

Sign up for our free weekly newsletter for the best travel tips, ideas and deals!

We respect your privacy. Unsubscribe at any time.

READ MORE...

The Ultimate Las Vegas to Los Angeles Road Trip Itinerary (2024 Guide)

The Ultimate 3 Days in New York City Itinerary (2024 Guide)

The Perfect 3 Days In Los Angeles Itinerary (2024 Guide)

Related Posts

21 best things to do in colorado springs [2024], 13 best things to do in lake charles, louisiana (2024 guide), 23 of the best things to do in corpus christi (2024 guide), the perfect oahu itinerary | 3, 5, and 7 days (2024 guide), leave a comment cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Jetsetting Fools

Travel Far. Discover More. Spend Less.

Las Vegas Itinerary: A First-Timers Guide to 3 Days in Vegas

Welcome to JetSetting Fools, here you will find our best travel tips for destinations worldwide. Some of the links on this site are Affiliate Links and if you use them to make a purchase, we may earn a commission. For more information, read our Disclosure Policy .

Las Vegas, Nevada reigns as the Entertainment Capital of the World, wooing an incredible number of diverse visitors from every corner of the planet. The city was built on gambling and bawdy nightlife, but today Las Vegas spoils guests with a wide range of activities and attractions.

In fact, there are so many things to do in Vegas that creating a Las Vegas Itinerary can be quite the conundrum. To help fellow travelers – especially Vegas First-Timers – we have created a perfect plan for spending 3 days in Las Vegas.

3 Days in Las Vegas

A 3-Day trip to Vegas allows just enough time for visitors to get a taste of what the city has to offer – and trust us, it has a lot! On a 3-Day Vegas Trip, visitors can see the flashing neon lights, eat at celebrity chef restaurants, gamble at flashy casinos and visit top attractions…and that’s just Day One!

Our trip plan is ideal for a long weekend in Vegas – but it works just as well for weekdays, too. The city is always buzzing, so it doesn’t matter if you are spending a weekend in Vegas or tacking a few extra days onto a business trip, there are no dull days in Las Vegas!

Additionally, we understand that not all travelers planning a trip to Las Vegas intend on spending 3 days in the city. Some visitors are breezing through on a day trip to Las Vegas, while others are planning to spend 4 nights in Vegas. Therefore, we have outlined Las Vegas Itineraries for longer and shorter stays at the end of the article.

First Time Las Vegas: Must-Do Activities

My first time to Vegas was a birthday trip to celebrate with friends. Beyond getting ourselves there, we had done little in the way of research. While the weekend was, no doubt, a memorable one, our very loose plans resulted in missed attractions and overlooked sights.

On a return trip, I was eager to make up for what I skipped on my first time in Vegas. I designed an itinerary for Las Vegas that featured highlights beyond the casinos and pool parties – and it was fascinating!

As I planned subsequent trips (while living in Phoenix for 10 years, there were countless Vegas trips), I challenged myself to see more. On each visit, I realized just how much I missed on my first time in Las Vegas.

To help other travelers, we created our Las Vegas 3-Day Itinerary with first-time visitors in mind; it is essentially a “First Time Vegas Must-Do List.” That said, visitors who had an initial trip experience similar to mine and are making a return trip to the city will certainly find our Vegas Itinerary useful as well!

Pro Travel Tip : How to plan a trip to Las Vegas will depend on your interests, budget and overall time-frame for your visit. While we highlight what we think is the best plan for things to do in Vegas for first-time visitors, our outline can also be used as a base for a couples getaway or even a Las Vegas family itinerary!

Best Las Vegas Itinerary

Our “3-Day Itinerary: Las Vegas for First-Timers” is formatted in a day-by-day trip plan. In addition to our 3-Day trip outline, we include travel tips for alternate length stays – and advice for how to get there (and around), where to stay and what to pack.

Save, Pin or Bookmark this 3-Day Vegas Itinerary to plan your Sin City vacation!

DAY 1 of Your 3-Day Las Vegas Itinerary

On the first day of your 3 Days Itinerary, kick off your trip with a few iconic Vegas experiences.

Swing by the Welcome To Fabulous Las Vegas Sign

Welcome to Vegas! Make your first stop in the city at the Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas sign. Located at the south end of The Strip next to the airport, it is one of the most famous signs in the world. The sign was designed in 1959 and is listed in the National Register of Historic Places. Start your exciting vacation by getting your picture taken in front of the iconic Las Vegas sign!

Pro Tip: There is no better time to visit the famous sign than when you first arrive; it is an absolute must-do in Vegas for first-timers! If you are arriving by plane and taking Lyft or Uber to your hotel schedule a stop at the sign on your way.

Check into Your Accommodations on The Strip

With just three days in Las Vegas, staying on The Strip is essential! There are so many hotels to choose from – and we go into more details on where to stay later in the article. Whichever hotel you choose, get checked in, drop your bags and hit the ground running…by going straight to the casino.

Hit the Las Vegas Casinos

Las Vegas casinos are elaborate and loud. The grand rooms are filled with gambling tables, slot machines and a cacophony of ringing bells and falling coins. The dimly lit, maze-like casinos can be bewildering, but during your 3 day trip to Vegas, the flashing lights and noisy slots fade into the background.

Travel Tip: Best Casino in Vegas for First Timers

Gambling in Las Vegas can be intimidating – but it is a Vegas must-do for first-timers! Choosing the ‘best casino’ for your Las Vegas trip planner is less important that choosing the right time and the right games. One of the best Las Vegas tips is to ease into gambling – otherwise, you can lose a bundle of money in the blink of an eye. 

The slots are a good place to start – and Vegas must-do. Some casinos still have Penny Slot machines, which can literally provide hours of low-risk entertainment. However, it is easy to move around the slot machines – all of which have different (and sometimes confusing) rules for winning.

All casinos have table games – like Blackjack, Poker, Roulette and Craps. Table games are fun, but can get expensive, especially if you don’t know the rules of the game. The best time to learn how to play is during the day, when the tables are less busy and the minimum bets are lowest (sometimes $5 per game, but likely 3 times that amount at the luxury casinos). 

Budget Travel Tip: One of the best things about casinos is that, while you are playing, waitresses will bring you free drinks! Just remember to tip the waitstaff. 

See the Sights on The Strip

Now that you are getting warmed up, it’s time to step out onto The Strip – officially known as Las Vegas Boulevard. The extravagant casino complexes that line the world-famous street are a spectacular sight – especially as the sun starts to set and the neon lights begin to glow.

While the scene in its entirety is astounding, we recommend spending the late afternoon and early evening at the Vegas sights in the center of The Strip. Our top picks (which we detail next) are the Bellagio Fountain, the Eiffel Tower, the LINQ entertainment complex and the Flamingoes. 

Pro Tip: When wandering on the Las Vegas Strip, one of the most deceiving facets is that objects are further than they appear. The colossal size of the casino resorts is staggering…and it means that it can take 15 to 20 minutes just to walk to the property ‘next door’. We talk more about the best ways to get around at the end of the post – but keep it in mind as you plan your trip itinerary.

Bellagio Fountain and Conservatory

Without question, the Bellagio Fountain is a must-see on your Las Vegas 3 Day Itinerary. Bellagio Fountain shows – a water, music and light extravaganza – take place throughout the day and you can find a schedule on the official Bellagio website . Beautiful both day and night, the shows are absolutely free for everyone to enjoy!

After watching the fountain show, pop into the Bellagio Hotel and Casino to visit the Conservatory and Botanical Gardens. As you walk through the Bellagio lobby, look up to admire the opulent glass ceiling. All three activities – the fountain, gardens and ceiling – are completely free and must-see sights on a First Time Vegas Itinerary!

Eiffel Tower at Paris Las Vegas

Visiting the imitation Eiffel Tower that stands across the street from the Bellagio is another one of the top things to do in Vegas for first timers. Whether you just stand at the base or go up to the Vegas Eiffel Tower Viewing Deck is up to you! If you have time in your 3 Day Vegas Itinerary, take a walk through the Parisian-inspired hotel and casino, too. 

High Roller Observation Wheel and Promenade at the LINQ

The LINQ Promenade, a shopping, dining and entertainment district, is packed with attractions – and visiting is a must on your 3 Day Itinerary Las Vegas. You can go for a spin on the High Roller at the LINQ – one of the world’s tallest observation wheels – or fly 1,000 feet above the Promenade via zipline. Alternatively, keep your feet on the ground and simply enjoy the lightshow after dark (which is free!). 

Flamingo Wildlife Habitat at Flamingo Casino

One of our favorite free things to do on a 3 day trip to Las Vegas is visiting the Flamingo Wildlife Habitat at the Flamingo Hotel. The habitat, which is set on the grounds of the hotel, is home to a flock of flamingos and other feathered friends…and it is completely free! 

Dine Like a Celebrity

Vegas – with thousands of restaurants – has gained a reputation as a foodie city in recent years. In fact, there are more than 50 celebrity chef restaurants in Las Vegas – from Guy Fieri’s Vegas Kitchen to Gordon Ramsay’s Hell’s Kitchen to Giada and Nobu.

The choices are overwhelming, especially if it is your first trip to Las Vegas. Ultimately, where you decide to dine depends on your tastes and budget – or favorite celebrity chef. (That said, our top pick would be an epic burger at Guy Fieri’s.)

Las Vegas Show

Shows in Las Vegas gained popularity in the 1950s…and they have only gotten bigger and better since then. We think a show is a must on a Las Vegas first trip. Ticket prices vary by show, but you can find info and tickets online .

Some of my best weekend trips to Vegas were highlighted by a Vegas show. Garth Brooks at The Wynn is, hands down, one of the best concerts I have ever attended in my life…but sadly his stint in Vegas is over. An exciting line up of concerts are slated for the new love-it-or-hate-it Sphere – but we haven’t made it to a show yet. 

Some of the other top Vegas performances to consider for your 3 Day Vegas trip are Cirque du Soleil (including Love, One, Ka, O and Mystere at Treasure Island), La Reve, Blue Man Group, The Mentalist and David Copperfield. Impersonator shows – which range from MJ Live to Elvis tributes – are classic entertainment in the city. 

Fun Travel Tip : If you are planning a Girls Weekend in Vegas Itinerary, you might want to get tickets to the Thunder Down Under male revue – and, for guys planning a Vegas Bachelor Party Itinerary, check out X Burlesque for a tasteful topless dance show.

DAY 2 of Your 3-Day Itinerary Las Vegas

Next up on your Vegas 3-Day Itinerary: relax and then feast, let loose and have some more fun – Vegas-style!

Ease into your Day with a Vegas Spa Treatment

Start your second day of your three days in Vegas with a refreshing spa treatment. Going to the spa is a fun activity to include on a Vegas Bachelorette Itinerary, a solo Vegas trip or even a Las Vegas Couples Itinerary!

Spa treatments range from traditional packages – like massages, facials and pedicures – to unique procedures. For example, guests can get a water Watsu Massage at Bellagio, a reviving Royal Flush IV treatment at MGM Grand or even a Turkish bath experience in the Hammam at The Cosmopolitan.

Pro Tip : If spas are not your cup of tea, instead do a Casino Shuffle! Visit a few of the casinos that you have always wanted to gamble in – like Aria, Caesars Palace and the Wynn. When I did this with my sister, we played a small amount of money on the slots at each place. It was a fun way to see and experience the grandeur of each casino.

Sample the Fare on a Las Vegas Food Tour

After a relaxing morning, set off mid-day for an absolute feast on a highly rated food tour. A food tour is not only one of the best things to do in Las Vegas for first timers, but for return visitors as well!

Rather than limiting yourself to just one restaurant for lunch, let a guide lead the way to the best tastes on The Strip! The local guide shares insider tips, hidden gems and a little bit of Vegas history, too. Book it now!

Experience a Las Vegas Pool Party

Las Vegas Pool Parties are legendary – and a must on your Las Vegas trip itinerary! Plan to spend the entire afternoon of Day 2 poolside. 

Essentially day time clubs, international DJs spin music and bartenders sling expensive cocktails in an absolutely energetic atmosphere. The parties are wildest on summer weekends, but there is usually at least one resort hosting a pool party every day of the week.

Choosing which pool party in Vegas to go to will depend on your style. One of the best pool parties we attended was Wet Republic Ultra Pool at the MGM Grand. Other popular picks are Encore Beach Club, Bali inspired Ayu, Daylight and Marquee Dayclub.

It is important to note that many pool parties charge a cover fee, enforce a dress code and may have minimum spends – so be sure to check the specifics.

Tip for Travelers: What if you just want to lounge around the pool and take a dip without the daytime debauchery? No stress, every resort on The Strip has a dedicated hotel pool where guests can sunbath and enjoy a casual swim without the party music. 

Enjoy Dinner on The Strip

Now that you are primed for the evening, get changed, re-hydrate and eat something before heading out to the nightclubs. If you are looking for an elevated Vegas experience, dine at the Eiffel Tower Restaurant (just make sure to get your reservations in advance!). For casual Mexican fare, eat at Nacho Daddy, or if you are on a budget, feast on classic American fast-food at In-and-Out Burger.

Dance at the Vegas Clubs on The Strip

Vegas nightclubs – or rather mega-clubs – maintain an electric vibe with some of the world’s best DJs and packed dance floors. Some of the most epic clubs are Tao at Venetian, Omnia at Caesars Palace, Jewel at Aria, Hakkasan at MGM Grand and Marquee at Cosmopolitan. While most exciting for a Las Vegas Weekend Itinerary, visitors will have no problem finding clubs that are open every night of the week.

All clubs have promoters (which you can find on The Strip, through your hotel or in advance by searching online) who offer VIP status and sometimes free drinks. Dress codes can be strict – for example, many places will deny entry to anyone wearing backless sandals…so read the rules before you go.

Vegas Party Bus

Visitors who are less concerned with which club they go to – and those who don’t want to hassle with transportation and cover charges – can opt for Party Bus package . On a Girls’ Weekend in Vegas, we joined one of the party buses that offered VIP entry into three clubs and included onboard drinks. Our bus even had a stripper pole, which was highly entertaining as the night progressed!

Family-Friendly Night in Vegas

If you are planning a Las Vegas family vacation itinerary – or if you simply want to bypass the club scene – rather than hopping on a Party Bus, take the Big Bus Night Tour. The open-air bus passes by the city’s most dazzling nighttime attractions. Get the details!

Luxury Las Vegas Helicopter Experience at Night

Take things up a notch on a helicopter tour of The Strip at night. The epic helicopter ride lets you experience Sin City from a unique vantage point. The ride is highlighted by a sparkling wine toast in flight. Book it now!

DAY 3 of Your Itinerary for Las Vegas in 3 Days

This is it, the last day of your 3 Days Las Vegas Trip! Time to experience a few more of the best Vegas attractions and sights before heading home.

Indulge in a Buffet Brunch

A Sin City tradition, feasting at a buffet during your 3-day trip to Las Vegas is practically a requirement. Evolving from all-you-can-eat extravaganzas into classy culinary adventures, buffets in Vegas are unlike anywhere else in the world.

Although the buffet meals are not as cheap as they once were (in fact, a few are quite expensive!), diners can expect a culinary treat. Most of the buffets have meat carving stations, omelet stations, heaps of seafood (including sushi) and delectable dessert tables. In true Sin City style, a few even include bottomless champagne!

Wicked Spoon at The Cosmopolitan, Bacchanal Buffet at Caesars Palace, Bellagio Buffet and The Buffet at Wynn are all top choices! 

Food Tip: If a fancy breakfast buffet is not in your budget, hit up Denny’s for a classic American Grand Slam Breakfast. If you prefer brunch, but not a buffet, then try The Henry for their Short Rib Bene or Alexxa’s where they offer Bottomless Mimosas!

Visit Vegas Attractions

After you have stuffed yourself silly, spend the rest of the morning leisurely taking in more of the top attractions in Vegas. We recommend spending time either on the north or south end of The Strip – but ambitious travelers can likely squeeze in attractions at both ends of The Strip.

South Strip Attractions

Exploring the south end of The Strip is one of our favored daytime activities in Vegas. Casual and entertaining, the South Strip has a lot to offer! We are highlighting a few of our top picks for South Strip sightseeing. 

Roller Coaster at New York New York Hotel

The Big Apple Coaster is a thrilling ride that drops and twists while reaching speeds of 67 miles per hour. But, trust me on this one, you won’t want to go on the ride after a big meal! 

Fine Art Collection at ARIA

ARIA’s Fine Art Collection is featured throughout the resort – not inside a stuffy museum. The artwork is free to all visitors – and you can use this helpful brochure to locate and learn more about each piece. 

M&Ms World

We wouldn’t necessarily say that the 4-story M&Ms Las Vegas store is a must-see in Vegas for first timers, but it is a fun place to visit and pick up personalized souvenirs (plus, it’s free to step inside!).

Mandalay Bay Shark Aquarium

The Shark Reef at Mandalay Bay is an exceptional aquarium – and well worth the visit, especially for anyone planning a Vegas vacation for family. Buy your Shark Reef Aquarium tickets in advance !

North Strip Attractions

The north end of The Strip also features a few top attractions for your Vegas itinerary. We are sharing a few of our favorites. 

Gondola Ride at the Venetian

A gondola ride at the Venetian is a perfect addition to a Las Vegas itinerary for couples! The boat pilot serenades passengers as they float along the Grand Canal. 

While at the Venetian, you can also check out the world famous Madame Tussauds wax museum. 

Volcano at Mirage

Another fantastic Las Vegas Strip sight – and one to definitely include on a Las Vegas itinerary for family – is the Mirage Las Vegas Volcano. Watching The Volcano erupt is free, but it only happens in the evenings between 8pm and 11pm (on the hour; check the schedule ) – so be sure to time your visit to catch the action. 

Visit Wynn Hotel and Casino

One of the most luxurious hotels on The Strip, some visitors may be timid about visiting Wynn. We believe it is an absolutely beautiful property; besides, it’s free to walk through! Explore the lobby gardens, gaze at the extravagant floral decorations and gawk at the general swankiness of the hotel. 

Take Part in Top Activities: Tours and Classes

In the afternoon, join a tour or class that captures the essence of Vegas. A guided tour introduces the engaging history of Vegas, while a class teaches participants industry secrets. 

On the intriguing Fremont Tour , visitors get off The Strip and get to discover Downtown Las Vegas. Learn about the origins of Sin City, step into the Fremont Street Experience and find out how the culture has evolved over time. 

On the other hand, if you are planning a Vegas Bachelorette Party Itinerary, book an afternoon Stripper Pole Class for your group of girls! Honestly, I was a little nervous when we included this activity in our Girls Weekend in Las Vegas Itinerary – but it turned out to be incredibly entertaining. Book it here!

Explore Fremont Street at Night

Spend the rest of your Vegas trip on Fremont Street and downtown. While attractions on The Strip are well-known for being ostentatious, Fremont tends to be more laid back…but no less entertaining.

Visitors can take an exhilarating ride on a zip line or swim with the sharks at Golden Nugget. Top museums to visit are the Neon Museum (a collection of historic Vegas signs) and the Mob Museum (which details the city’s history with organized crime).

Historic casinos, modern attractions and a slew of low key bars line the street, enticing visitors to stay longer than just a couple of hours. It’s the perfect way to end your 3 days in Vegas!

Las Vegas Day Trips

While our 3 Days in Vegas Trip Planner doesn’t leave any room for excursions, visitors staying longer – or those on a return trip – may want to consider including a Vegas day trip in their itinerary. 

Grand Canyon Bus Tour

One of the most popular tours from Vegas, trips to the Grand Canyon by bus offers a full day of fun! On a Las Vegas to Grand Canyon itinerary, participants enjoy the ride to the West Rim of the Grand Canyon in a coach bus and make stops at some of the top viewpoints. Optional upgrades on Grand Canyon Itinerary from Las Vegas include the Skywalk and helicopter ride. Find out more!

Hoover Dam from Vegas

Rather than booking an All Day Las Vegas-Grand Canyon Itinerary, embark on a shorter tour of Hoover Dam, one of the most incredible modern-day engineering achievements. On the trip from Vegas, a knowledgeable guide will share information about the dam’s history – once there, visitors can walk across the massive structure.

Plus, this tour makes two extra stops. One at Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas Sign and one on the Colorado River at the Mike O’Callaghan – Pat Tillman Memorial Bridge for a different view of the Hoover Dam. Get more details!

Valley of Fire State Park Hiking Tour

Set off on a half day hiking trip outside of Vegas in Nevada’s oldest state park, Valley of the Fire. A guide leads the way through beautiful desert landscapes, red rock formations and ancient petroglyphs on an easy, moderate or difficult hike. Reserve your space!

Red Rock Canyon Scooter Tour

Explore desert landscapes and phenomenal natural rock formations by scooter on a half-day Vegas trip to Red Rock Canyon. Learn more!

LA and Hollywood from Sin City

Head to California and the West Coast on a full-day trip from Las Vegas! Participants travel in a small group to Los Angeles to see highlighted attractions, such as the Santa Monica Pier, the Hollywood Walk of Fame and celebrity homes in Beverly Hills. Get the specifics!

Zion Utah National Parks Itinerary from Las Vegas

Zion National Park is a gem of the Western United States! Although not particularly easy to get to on your own, visitors can join an organized day trip to Zion from Las Vegas that includes transportation, entry fees, free time to explore and a picnic lunch. Find out more!

How Many Days in Las Vegas?

Determining how long you should stay in Vegas will depend on a variety of factors – including interests, budget and overall time-frame. We believe planning a 3 Day Las Vegas Itinerary is the perfect introduction to the city. If you are still considering how many days you need in Las Vegas, use our tips below to decide what attractions are essential to you!

Travel Planning Tip: Get (and stay) organized for your Vegas Trip by using our Travel Planning Printables !

More Vegas Itineraries

While we have outlined the best Vegas Itinerary for 3 Days (especially for Las Vegas First-Timers), we understand that not all visitors are spending 3 days in the city. To help other travelers plan their best Vegas itinerary, we are offering our top tips for longer – and shorter – stays.

Vegas for a Day

Trying to plan what to do with 1 Day in Las Vegas is no easy feat – the choices are endless! We think the best way to plan a Las Vegas One-Day Itinerary would be to follow our above advice on things to see in Vegas on Day 1.

If you arrive early enough, start off with a buffet dining experience (or book The Strip Food Tour ). On a One-Day in Las Vegas Itinerary, you could possibly carve out a little time to spend poolside or in a spa.

Las Vegas Itinerary 2 Days

Many visitors are limited to just 2 days on a Las Vegas Weekend Trip – but can still see and do a lot! Using our tips above in what to do in Las Vegas in three days, create a 2-Day Las Vegas Itinerary that best suits your interests. For example, if you are taking a party trip, plan a Las Vegas 2 Days Itinerary using Days 1 and 2 of our outlined 3-Day Vegas Vacation.

On the other hand, if you are most interested in varied experiences, highlights and attractions during your weekend to Vegas, then the best 2-Day Itinerary Las Vegas for you might be to follow Days 1 and 3 instead.

Alternate Las Vegas Itinerary 3 Days

While we believe we outlined the best things to do in Las Vegas in 3 days, fellow travelers might have other interests. With just a few tweaks to our outline, you can plan a perfect Las Vegas 3 Days Itinerary that suits your personal interests. 

If the Grand Canyon or one of the other day trips is more appealing than partying at the pool or touring attractions on The Strip, then substitute a tour in your plan for Vegas in three days. If gambling and casinos are of zero interest, eliminate them completely and add more sightseeing!

Vegas Itinerary 4 Days

In a 4-Day Itinerary Las Vegas, visitors will have plenty of time to see the top city attractions and go on a day tour! In fact, we think the best Las Vegas 4-Day Itinerary would be to use the tips in our 3 Days Vegas Trip Planner – and then book a day trip to see more of the surrounding region. Otherwise, find another pool to lounge around!

Las Vegas Itinerary 5 Days

With 5 days in Las Vegas there is ample time to see the sights, go on a day trip and more! For us, a perfect 5-Day Vegas Itinerary would include our tips above for a 4 Days in Vegas Itinerary, then – on the last day – see any sights and attractions that you skipped in the first four days.

For example, visit more of the iconic casinos, chill by the hotel pool, or ride the roller coaster at New York New York. Essentially, use the last day of your 5 Day Vegas Itinerary as a catch-all to visit any of the sights you were not able to squeeze into your Las Vegas Travel Itinerary in the first four days.

7 Days in Las Vegas Itinerary

With so much on offer, there is no problem planning what to do with 1 week in Las Vegas! To create a Las Vegas Itinerary 7 Days, visitors could approach things at a more leisurely pace.

Rather than going full throttle – like attending a pool party and then going out to clubs – do those activities on two separate days. Spend one full day downtown on Fremont Street, rather than just half a day. And, perhaps, consider adding one more excursion to complete your Las Vegas travel itinerary.

Los Angeles, San Francisco, Las Vegas Itinerary

Visitors trying to plan their own Los Angeles, San Francisco, Vegas Itinerary can use our helpful tips in our Weekend in San Francisco article and in our guide to Coastal California .

However, visitors who want to leave the planning to the professionals can book a 7-Day tour of the three cities. Get more info!

Las Vegas Three-Day Itinerary Travel Tips

Now that you know how to plan a travel itinerary for Las Vegas, we have a bit more advice to ensure you pull off that perfect trip!

Las Vegas Tips For First-Timers

Our 3 days in Las Vegas Itinerary is packed with fun things to do for all travelers. However, we have a few first-time Vegas tips to help keep things on track and enjoyable for all!

Stay Hydrated

One of our top Vegas tips for first-timers is to stay hydrated! With an endless flow of drinks and desert sunshine, it is easy for your body to lose fluids and become dehydrated. That can put a real damper on your trip, not to mention, give you a terrible hangover. There are free places to refill – so bring a Collapsible Water Bottle with you.

Stay Together

Everything in Vegas is huge – the casinos, the clubs and the crowds. If you are planning a First-Time Vegas Itinerary with friends or family, stay together! Additionally, have a back up plan or meeting place in case you get separated from your crew or lose your phone.

Watch Your Drinks

Girls – and guys, for that matter – remember to keep an eye on your drinks while at pool parties, dance clubs and even in the casinos. This is a good tip for anyone imbibing anywhere, but especially in a place where you are letting loose and in unfamiliar surroundings. 

Budget Your Vegas Trip

Our last tip for planning your First-Time Las Vegas Itinerary is to create a budget. It is easy to get swept up in spending money in the city. Gambling, partying and sightseeing can all be big expenditures. However, with careful planning (and some restraint), it is possible to plan a trip that will fit nearly every budget.

Free Attractions

If you are seeking free things to do in Vegas, there are plenty of ways to keep yourself entertained! We have already highlighted some of the best free Vegas things to do – but we have a few more money-saving tips.

Walk through the Forum Shops at Caesars Palace for window shopping. Stroll along the canal at the Venetian Resort (rather than riding a gondola). Wander the cobblestone lanes at Paris Hotel and seek out replica landmarks at New York New York.

Travelers with kids should head to Circus Circus, where there are free daily circus act performances. If you have a car, take a short road trip to see the unique and colorful Seven Magic Mountains art installation, with offers free entry. 

How To Get To Vegas

Las Vegas can be reached by plane, bus or car. Having lived in Phoenix, Arizona for several years, we have made the drive between the two cities numerous times. 

Las Vegas Airport

Flights to Vegas land at the McCarran International Airport (LAS), which is located just off the south end of The Strip. The airport is served by all major US airlines and many international carriers. When we need to buy airline tickets, we start our search on SkyScanner for the best deals. We share more tips in our article, Finding Flights for Cheap .

Airport to The Strip

There are several ways to get from the Vegas airport to The Strip hotels. However, properties are not permitted to run their own shuttles, so you will have to book your own. Shared airport shuttles are the least expensive way to get to the Strip, but also generally take the longest.

Taxis, Uber and Lyft pick up passengers from LAS airport as well. However, you can also book Private Round-Trip transport in advance – or, upgrade your arrival with a Limo ride from the airport to your hotel.

How To Get Around

We love to discover cities on foot…but that is problematic in Las Vegas. Not only are the colossal casinos further apart than they appear, but – any time outside of winter – it is very, very hot. Thankfully, there are a few different options when it comes to getting around Las Vegas.

The Monorail is a convenient way to get up and down The Strip – and they offer several ticket options, including single ride, daily passes and multi-day passes, too. The Deuce and SDX are the cheap local buses which cover The Strip and beyond.

Ride-shares are convenient options for getting around – but use designated pick up and drop off points. Vegas visitors can rent a car , but we don’t recommend it if you are sticking mostly to The Strip and Downtown (Fremont) areas.

An entertaining way to combine transport and sightseeing is with the Big Bus Hop On Hop Off Vegas. The open-air, double-decker bus has two routes and makes stops at all the top attractions. Tickets are available for one or two days. Get your tickets!

Where To Stay in Las Vegas for 3 nights

With 3 nights in Vegas, we think it is imperative to stay in a central location on The Strip. Over the years, we have stayed in many different hotels in Las Vegas, even at a few that no longer exist!

We personally like the MGM Grand, which offers reasonable rates, consistently updated rooms and easy access to the Monorail. Located toward the southern end of The Strip, it is well-suited to a variety of guests (from couples to families to bachelor parties). Check rates and availability!

That said, we have also enjoyed staying in the center of The Strip, where some of the best casinos are clustered together for easy access. Affordable options near the center are LINQ, Flamingo and Harrah’s.

Visitors who want a luxury hotel can opt for one of the 5-star hotels in Vegas, like Cosmopolitan, Bellagio, The Venetian and Wynn.

Start your search for Great Vegas Hotels  and use our Top Tips for Booking the Best Hotels !

What To Pack

Deciding what to pack for your 3-day Vegas getaway can be a challenge. If you are going to clubs, you will need stylish clothes and shoes to match. If you plan on taking tours, you will want comfortable outfits. In the end, you may be tempted to pack everything…just in case! Because we don’t recommend over-packing, we do have a few specific packing hacks . 

Comfortable Shoes

If you plan on leaving your casino resort at all, we highly recommend packing comfortable travel shoes . Actually, even if you are staying within one complex, you will likely be doing a lot of walking – the casinos are just that massive.

For daytime walking, I like wearing lightweight and comfortable shoes, like these from Columbia . Foldable Flats are also ideal for Vegas and easy to switch out with heels, if you carry them in your purse!

Sun Protection

The sun in Vegas is intense! Wearing sunscreen at the pool and while touring the city is essential; you don’t want a sunburn to ruin your vacation. To keep the sun off your face, we also recommend wearing a stylish travel hat and good sunglasses . 

Travel Camera

If your Las Vegas Itinerary planner includes any tours, you will definitely want a good travel camera . We suggest the Canon Rebel  with a 18-135mm lens. It is easy to use, takes phenomenal photos and comes bundled with a ton of fun accessories; making it an excellent budget camera .

Whether you travel with a backpack or a suitcase , you’ll also want to carry a stylish day bag to tote all your water, sunscreen, camera and other everyday items in. We prefer these small backpacks , but there a loads of styles to choose from. We share our top picks in our blog post, Best Day Bags !

Start planning your trip to Las Vegas ! Search for the lowest airfares , the best accommodations and fun things to do …then start packing !   Want more trip advice? Head over to our Travel Planning Page for more tips on traveling – and for country-specific information, take a look at our Travel Guides Page !

Looking For More Fun-filled USA Weekend Trips? 

We have traveled extensively in the United States and share our best itineraries to help fellow travelers plan their vacations. If you need some inspiration, start with our roundup of the Best Weekend Trips in the USA !

Searching for Top Party Destinations in the US? Gotcha! Get primed with our detailed guides for fun weekends in Indy , Austin , New Orleans , Chicago , NYC and Nashville ! Also check out our lists for Great Winter Vacations and the Top Places to Party for NYE (Vegas is on BOTH!).

Visiting some of the Best Destinations in the US West? Great! We have guides to San Diego , Bend , Malibu , Seattle , Vancouver (WA),  Portland and Denver !

Going on a USA Road Trip? Super! We provide details for some of the most epic road trips in US, including the California PCH , the Oregon Coast and Columbia River Gorge plus our Ultimate Montana Road Trip !

Find all of our honest advice and insider travel tips on our USA Travel Page!

Pin it! See all of our travel pins on our JetSetting Fools Pinterest Board .

Share This Story!

• Click to share on Pinterest (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on Facebook (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on Twitter (Opens in new window)
• Click to share on LinkedIn (Opens in new window)

24 Hours in Las Vegas: A First Timer’s Perfect One Day Itinerary

Looking to make the most of your one day in Las Vegas? I’ve got you covered.

Most people know Vegas for the Strip’s bright lights, jingling casinos, and endless parties. Even though there’s more to Sin City than just that, if it’s your first time visiting, you’ll definitely want to partake in the must-see attractions of the Strip.

In this guide, I’ve pieced together an action-packed 24 hours in Las Vegas, inspired by my numerous escapades to the city. Having lived in Los Angeles for several years, Vegas became a common destination for spontaneous road trips, EDM festivals, and maybe a little sinning in Sin City. 

Despite being a bustling metropolis, you can get a fairly comprehensive snapshot of Las Vegas in just one day. But, the city’s beauty comes from its amazing day trips, so I would still spend at least a weekend here if you can swing it.

So, here are the essential stops on a Las Vegas day trip itinerary. We will cover all the popular tourist attractions and give tips to help you plan your trip. We’ll start with a drive past iconic landmarks on the Strip and wrap up with a show like Cirque du Soleil. Buckle up for a wild trip in the city that never sleeps!

Sample 24 Hours in Las Vegas Itinerary

Alright, here is the full-day itinerary in one scroll! 

If you’ve only got one day and it’s your first time, you’ll spend most of your time on the Strip. And to fully explore the entire main street, you’ll need a whole day. So, this Las Vegas Strip Walking Tour will help cut down on the guesswork and take you exactly to the best places to go.

Las Vegas Strip Walking Tour

Great for the beginning of your trip

This itinerary begins at the southernmost point at the Las Vegas Sign, then heads north, stopping at the coolest sights on the Strip, and continues to other neighborhoods and attractions.

Morning: Let’s Hit the Strip

• Snap a photo at the  Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas sign . This will be the southernmost point.
• Marvel at the  Luxor, Excalibur, and New York New York facades.
• Time your visit to catch one of the  fountain shows at the Bellagio.
• See the ever-changing art in the  Bellagio Conservatory.
• Alternative: Take an elevator ride up to the observation deck of the  Eiffel Tower Experience .
• Alternative: Take a helicopter ride  over the whole Strip.
• See the flamingos and other exotic animals at the  wildlife habitat in the Flamingo Hotel.
• Enjoy the Roman-themed decor at  The Forum Shops of Caesar’s Palace.
• Paddle on a  gondola ride at the Venetian’s  Grand Canal Shoppes.
• Play at  AREA15 , an intergalactic neon entertainment complex.
• Make your way to the  Fremont Street Experience  for the free light shows and maybe a zip-line under the LED canopy.
• Check out the open-air shopping center,  Container Park.
• Eat at a  celebrity chef restaurant  like Gordon Ramsay’s Hell’s Kitchen.
• See a  Cirque du Soleil show  or any other live entertainment like a magic show or concert.
• Hit the  casinos or party it up  at one of the many nightclubs and bars along the Strip.

Recommended Places to Stay in Las Vegas: The Strip

• Most iconic resort on the Strip: Bellagio Las Vegas
• Mid-Range with a glorious pool: Hilton Grand Vacations Club Elara Center Strip

Quick Facts to Visiting Las Vegas

Las Vegas has many names: Sin City, The Entertainment Capital of the World, and The City of Lights. With enough neon to stretch over 15,000 miles, this city welcomes you to a world where you can visit Paris, Venice, and New York without leaving the Strip. 

There are over 150 casinos, and it hosts more than 21,000 conventions each year. This city can literally accommodate every person in America in its hotel rooms!

What to Do in Las Vegas in One Day

Morning: time to hit the strip, welcome to fabulous las vegas sign.

Start your day by snapping a photo in front of the  Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas sign . This sign has been welcoming visitors since 1959 and is the perfect way to kick off your Las Vegas adventure. 

It’s located on the south end of the Strip, just past the Mandalay Bay Hotel and Casino. The 25-foot-tall classic neon sign is hard to miss, and it’s a fantastic free attraction that’s open 24/7. 

Tips for visiting:  Onsite, there’s plenty of parking and an actual line where people wait to take their photo in front of the sign. The best time to visit is early in the morning to beat the crowd and the heat. 

Best Resort Facades

We will keep heading north from the sign for the rest of the day. The next memorable stop will be the trio of themed resorts:  Luxor, Excalibur, and New York-New York . 

Since we’re a bit short on time, the exteriors of these places are actually more impressive than the interior. We’ll check out other resorts’ inside later in the day!

In case you couldn’t guess where they represent, the  Luxor  stands out with its massive black-glass pyramid and a sphinx mimicking its counterpart in Egypt. The resort’s Sky Beam, the strongest beam of light in the world, can be seen miles away in the night sky.

The  Excalibur  takes you to a storybook world of kings, queens, and knights. The grand castle façade with colorful turrets brings medieval times to life.

The  New York-New York  hotel is easily distinguishable by its skyline façade featuring replicas of important New York City buildings like the Statue of Liberty, the Empire State Building, the Brooklyn Bridge, all intertwined with a roller coaster. 

I would put these other resorts on this list:  Bellagio, Caesar’s, Paris, and the Venetian.

Bellagio Fountain Shows

One of the most iconic sights in Las Vegas is the Bellagio Fountain Show. This aquatic spectacle choreographs water, music, and light into a free performance right in front of the Bellagio Hotel.

The fountains dance in sync with various music, from classical and operatic pieces to popular tunes and Broadway hits. Each performance is unique.

How to Visit:  The water show occurs every 30 minutes in the afternoons and early evenings and every 15 minutes from 8 pm to midnight. Check the full schedule here .

Bellagio Conservatory

After the dazzling display of the Fountains of Bellagio, head inside for a different kind of artistry at the Bellagio Conservatory. This 14,000-square-foot floral playground is transformed five times a year to celebrate each season and Chinese New Year. I came just in time to celebrate the Year of the Ox display.

The talented team of horticulturists and designers will craft towering fountains, giant gazebos, bridges, and even life-sized houses, all adorned with real seasonal flowers and plants. The flowers are actually replaced weekly to keep the displays fresh.

How to Visit:  The conservatory is free and open 24 hours a day. Come for a bright and cheerful tour during the day, and then come again at night for the lights.

Eiffel Tower Viewing Deck

Paris Las Vegas is almost the same as seeing the real Eiffel Tower in Paris, France, but at a half-scale replica. Inside, a glass elevator whisks you up 460 feet in the air to an observation deck with a 360-degree view of the Las Vegas Strip. From this vantage point, you can see all the other prominent landmarks we’ve talked about so far.

Insider Tip!  Time your visit to coincide with one of the Bellagio Fountain shows.

The LINQ Promenade

Next on our tour, let’s stroll down to  The LINQ Promenade . This open-air entertainment district has over 40 unique retail, dining, and entertainment venues.

If you’re not feeling the Eiffel Tower Experience, see the city up high on the High Roller , the world’s tallest observation wheel. Hop on one of the cabins for a 30-minute ride, which is particularly special for the sunsets and night lights.

Alternative:  I recommend going to the top of at least ONE observation tower during your visit. If Paris or the Observation Wheel isn’t in your plans, consider heading to the Stratosphere for a ride on one of their thrill rides or  taking this top-rated helicopter tour. 

Wildlife Habitat in the Flamingo Hotel

Take a refreshing break from the glitzy glam of Las Vegas to the Wildlife Habitat at the Flamingo Hotel. In the hotel’s outdoor gardens, a small tropical oasis is filled with exotic birds, fish, turtles, and many Chilean flamingos. 

The flamingos casually strut around, utterly unfazed by human visitors. They all live in a beautifully maintained environment with streams, waterfalls, and greenery.

How to Visit:  The Wildlife Habitat is open daily from dawn to dusk, and admission here is also free.

The Forum Shops of Caesar’s Palace

In Caesar’s Palace, picture those textbook images you have of Rome, but now combine them with a modern shopping experience. The attention to detail in the interior and exterior makes this an incredible architectural design.

As you wander through the Forum Shops, look up at the expansive painted sky ceiling, which changes from daytime to dusk. You’ll find over 160 specialty shops and upscale boutiques.

The Forum Shops also have some awesome free entertainment options. Catch the Fall of Atlantis show, which features animatronic displays of fire, water, and talking statues nine feet tall. And there’s a 50,000-gallon aquarium with over 300 species of aquatic life.

Gondola Ride at the Venetian

Nothing beats the romance that comes with gliding through the waterways of Venice. But you can settle for the Venetian’s Grand Canal in the United States. 

As you settle into your Venetian gondola, your friendly gondolier, attired in traditional garb, will serenade you with soothing Italian melodies as you drift along the canals. 

The gondola navigates through the beautiful Venetian landscape, passing under bridges, beside cafes, under balconies, and through the piazza. 

How to Visit:  You can choose from indoor or outdoor gondola rides. The indoor ride takes you through the Grand Canal Shoppes with the sky-like ceiling above, while the outdoor ride gives you a view of the Las Vegas Strip. Each ride lasts about 14 minutes and can accommodate four people. 

Afternoon: Las Vegas Adventures Off the Strip

AREA15 is absolutely one of my favorite places in Las Vegas. Just off the Strip, this entertainment complex is not your ordinary mall. AREA15 is an adult playground with art installations, virtual reality experiences, and themed events that will transport you to another dimension.

Once inside, you’ll be welcomed with Burning Man-esque artistic sculptures, psychedelic lighting, and futuristic architecture that will make you feel like you’ve walked into a science fiction movie. From there, lose yourself in the digital landscapes of the interactive “Museum Fiasco” or challenge your senses at the virtual reality arcade.

AREA15 is also home to “Omega Mart,” a mind-bending supermarket-themed art installation created by the internationally renowned art collective Meow Wolf. Uncover secret passages and encounter bizarre products you won’t find in your typical grocery store.

Fremont Street Experience

Fremont Street Experience is a pedestrian-only street that mixes old and new Vegas. Fremont Street is also a gateway to historic casinos and restaurants with classic establishments like The Golden Nugget.

The entire street is covered with a 1,500-foot-long LED canopy. Named Viva Vision, it’s the world’s largest video screen, and it displays light and sound shows throughout the evening.

Every day of the year, live bands play on multiple stages along the thoroughfare (See schedule here ). Talented street performers like musicians, artists, and daredevil entertainers all come out to compete for your attention.

And there’s always someone who gets stuck on the SlotZilla Zip Line, which lets you zoom above the crowds on a high-speed, two-level zip line.

🎰 Get a more comprehensive experience of Downtown Vegas with this Segway Tour

Container Park

Just a short walk from Fremont Street, what might initially appear as a stack of shipping containers is actually a shopping center aptly named Container Park. When you spot the massive, fire-breathing praying mantis sculpture at the entrance, you’ll know you’ve arrived at a destination. 

The maze of repurposed shipping containers has transformed into quirky boutiques selling one-of-a-kind clothing and art galleries with eclectic pieces by local artists.

Heartattack Grill

In the same area, I also had to include the infamous Heart Attack Grill, where the restaurant’s tagline is literally “Taste Worth Dying For!.” And as per their policy, if you weigh over 350 pounds, you’re very publically weighed and invited to eat for free.

This medical-themed establishment is known for its incredibly high-calorie menu, including the world-record Quadruple Bypass Burger, Flatliner Fries cooked in lard, and Butterfat Milkshakes. 

All customers don a hospital gown, and the servers, dressed as nurses, are there to take your “prescription.” And if you can’t finish your meal, you’ll receive a mock spanking from one of the “nurses.”

Evening: Entertainment

Celebrity chef restaurants.

I have spent more money on restaurants in Vegas than possibly anywhere else. Las Vegas has a wealth of celebrity-chef helmed restaurants, some boasting Michelin stars and gourmet delicacies. 

Gordon Ramsay’s has multiple dining ventures, and Giada De Laurentiis’s namesake restaurant is among the most popular. And if you’re into seafood, try Rick Moonen’s RM Seafood for a sustainable seafood menu.

Although I’ve had Gordon’s milkshakes at BurGR and Giada’s mouthwatering carbonara at Pronto, my favorite meal was still the Duck Rice at Momofuku or the dancing noodle experience and wagyu at XPot. But I definitely have a preference for Asian fare.

Cirque du Soleil Show

There are many shows to pick from in Vegas, but none are more famous than Cirque du Soleil. Known for their gravity-defying acrobatics, stunning visuals, and storytelling, there are many shows with their own themes and characters.

“O,”   performed at the Bellagio, has a stage that converts from a solid floor to a 1.5-million-gallon pool in seconds and has synchronized swimming and diving moves. “Michael Jackson ONE” at the Mandalay Bay is for all those MJ fans out there.   “Mystère”  at Treasure Island is excellent for pure acrobatics and powerful athleticism.

I finally crossed off my bucket list with  “KA,”  a martial arts-themed show with an ever-moving stage.

Las Vegas Nightlife

The nightlife here is legendary. Period.

First up, the  nightclubs . Mega-clubs like  XS at the Wynn ,  Omnia at Caesars Palace , and  Hakkasan at the MGM Grand  regularly host world-renowned DJs and cutting-edge visuals.

Try  Skyfall Lounge at Delano  for city views or  Chandelier at the Cosmopolitan  for a drink inside a massive, multi-story chandelier. And we can’t forget about the bars, like the quirky  Minus5 Ice Bar,  where everything from the seats to the glasses is made of ice.

Lastly, Vegas hosts so many music festivals like Electric Daisy Carnival and Life is Beautiful, which bring in top artists from around the world. 

And if you’re not into partying, pull an all-nighter at the casinos to shoot your shot at the table games or slot machines to make it big. I’d say my gambling career peaked after winning a round of roulette on my first try. 23$, baby. 

Where to Stay in Las Vegas

Stay on the Strip, especially if it’s your first time in Las Vegas. It’s in the heart of all the action, and you’ll be within walking distance of many attractions and entertainment venues. Downtown Las Vegas, often called “Old Vegas,” is another excellent choice, but you’ll likely have to spend more time transporting yourself around.

Best Hotels on the Strip, Las Vegas

Places to visit with more time, other things to do in las vegas.

• 18B Arts District:  North of downtown Las Vegas, this arts district is one of my favorite neighborhoods. It has galleries, murals, street art, unique shops, and outstanding eateries.
• Neon Museum : This unique museum houses a collection of old Las Vegas signs. Take a guided tour and learn about the city’s history through its signage.
• Mob Museum : This museum takes you through organized crime’s impact on Las Vegas history.
• Shark Reef Aquarium at Mandalay Bay : An underwater, predator-based aquarium with over 2,000 animals, including sharks, giant rays, and green sea turtles. From experience, I had a great first date here.
• Seven Magic Mountains:   A colorful art installation featuring seven towers of stacked boulders just outside the city.
• Stratosphere Tower:  Take a ride on the thrilling rides at the top of this tower, or enjoy city views from its observation deck.
• Circus Circus:  This family-friendly resort features circus acts, carnival games, and a five-acre indoor amusement park.

Day Trips from Las Vegas

• Hoover Dam : An engineering marvel, the Hoover Dam is a fantastic day trip. You can tour the dam, walk across the top, and even go down inside. 
• Red Rock Canyon : Just 17 miles west of Las Vegas, this natural area has hiking and scenic drives. The red rock formations are a must-see.
• Valley of Fire State Park : The red sandstone formations here are perfect for a day of hiking, camping, and nature photography.
• Death Valley National Park : Despite the ominous name, this park is full of life and beauty, with sand dunes, salt flats, and colorful rock formations.
• Grand Canyon West Rim : While it’s a bit of a stretch, it’s doable as a long day trip. The West Rim has a Skywalk, a glass bridge extending out over the canyon.
• Zion National Park : Another longer day trip option, this park in Utah has beautiful red monoliths and slot canyons.
• Lake Mead National Recreation Area : Have fun with water activities such as boating, fishing, and swimming.
• Antelope Canyon:  Located in Page, Arizona, this famous slot canyon is a photographer’s dream with its sandstone formations and light beams.

Is 1 Day Enough for Las Vegas

While it’s possible to get a taste of Las Vegas in a day, one day is hardly enough time to see the whole city. Las Vegas was built to keep you entertained, and it does a great job at it. With one day, spend most of your time on the Strip.

With additional time, I love the Arts District and think it’s worth visiting another side of the city. Otherwise, go for some day trips in the desert to national parks or Red Rock Canyon. Many people come for an extended weekend, and I would say that’s a reasonable amount of time because the money leaves your pocket quickly in this town. 

Best Time To Visit

For a balance between good weather and manageable crowds, the spring months of March to May and the fall months of September to November are the best time to visit Las Vegas. The hotel rates are often more affordable than the peak summer season.

However, if you want epic pool parties and nightlife, the summer months from June to August may be your best bet. The downside is that the temperature can skyrocket during this time, but you can always get sweet relief from the air-conditioned indoor attractions.

Holiday seasons like New Year’s Eve and Labor Day weekend are super lively. There are high hotel rates and big crowds, but the trade-off is the awesome shows, events, and parties they bring!

Transportation in Las Vegas

How to get here.

By Air:  McCarran International Airport (LAS) is one of the busiest airports in the U.S. The airport is conveniently located near the southern end of the Strip, and taxi, shuttle, rideshare, and public bus services are available for transport to the city center.

By Road:  Las Vegas is well-connected by road. If you’re driving from Los Angeles, the most straightforward route is via I-15 N, which is approximately a 4-hour drive. From Phoenix, the quickest route is via US-93 N, around a 5-hour drive. Many visitors rent a car from DiscoverCars for flexibility during their stay.

By Public Transportation:  Greyhound provides services from cities like Los Angeles , Phoenix, and Salt Lake City . Megabus also runs from Los Angeles, while Flixbus connects Las Vegas with many cities in California and Arizona.

There’s no direct Amtrak service to Las Vegas.

Getting Around Las Vegas

Once you’re in Vegas, you can take  The Deuce,  a bus service that operates 24/7 and runs the entire length of Las Vegas Boulevard up to the Fremont Street Experience.  The Las Vegas Monorail  is another popular choice that runs along the east side of The Strip with seven stops.  RTC Buses  operate numerous routes throughout the Las Vegas Valley.

Do not take a taxi! They are way more expensive than rideshares  like Uber and Lyft. I also recommend checking  DiscoverCars   if you plan on renting a car.

Final Thoughts: Day Trip to Las Vegas

Las Vegas is a fit for many different types of travelers. It’s one of those cities I often recommend international people visit when they’re coming to America just because it’s so different. 

It’s great for luxury travelers, featuring opulent hotels, high-end food, and luxurious spa treatments. But on the other side, it also attracts party animals and adventurers who want to go on exciting trips to the Grand Canyon, Red Rock Canyon, and beyond. 

And if you plan on exploring more of the West, don’t miss out on our comprehensive guides to other must-visit spots in Nevada below!

Catherine, a seasoned travel writer, has lived in 4 different states and explored 36 states and 28 national parks. After spending two years embracing van life, she's now dedicated to sharing her vast knowledge of day trips across America. Catherine's other works has been referenced in major publications like MSN, Self, and TripSavvy.

5 days in Vegas

This isn’t just a city, it’s an experience—here’s how to do it right..

Las Vegas isn’t just a city, it’s an experience—a place that’s larger than life in every way, with nonstop energy and entertainment options as endless as the desert horizon. Which is why a mere weekend in Vegas is only enough to brush the surface. We say: Go big or go home. Five days is a sure bet for making the most of this city, from the glitz and glamour of the Strip to the natural wonders that lie just beyond the city limits.

With this five-day itinerary, you’ll be able to do it all and maybe even have a little time to sleep (a novelty in Vegas). To help you make the most of your visit, we’ve organized your days by location so that you’re not hopping all over the place. We also combed through Tripadvisor reviews and ratings to make sure that your trip hits the jackpot in every way.

MORNING: Start your day in France

Stretching more than four miles through the heart of Vegas, the Strip needs no introduction. It’s lined with colossal resorts that compete for your attention. These are feats of architectural wonder, each a destination unto itself, so a tour of the hotel highlights is the best way to spend your first day.

Start off in France— Paris Las Vegas , that is. The resort’s French bistro, Mon Ami Gabi , is straight out of the City of Light—only instead of the Champs-Elysees, you’re overlooking all the action on the Strip. A heads up: The restaurant’s Skinny Crêpe du Jour is not a diet food. It changes daily and comes with indulgent toppings like caramel sauce.

After breakfast, head 46 stories into the air to the Eiffel Tower Viewing Deck for eye-popping Vegas views. Fun fact: This Eiffel Tower is a half-scale replica of the original in Paris and was built using the same plans.

Travelers say: “We went [to the Eiffel Tower Viewing Deck] early evening on a Friday, just as the sun was setting. It wasn't extremely crowded, and the view is amazing. We got to watch the Bellagio fountain show from up top, and someone proposed (she said YES).” — @ Christine C

AFTERNOON: Splash out at Bellagio

It usually takes forever to get from one hotel on the Strip to the next, but it’s just a six-minute stroll across the street via a pedestrian bridge from Paris Las Vegas to another European-style enclave: Bellagio Las Vegas . The legendary fountains are a not-to-be-missed spectacle and a testament to this city’s relentless pursuit of grandeur. Depending on the time of day, the fountains go off every 15 to 30 minutes. You could stand right on the edge, but it’s even better to watch the performance from the waterfront restaurant, Lago by Julian Serrano , which is so close you’ll practically get splashed. (Tripadvisor users rave about the seafood linguine.) Here on a Sunday? Book brunch at Lago to see the fountain show when it begins at 11 a.m.—and be sure to try the decadent lobster Benedict.

After taking in the fountains, explore the Bellagio Conservatory & Botanical Gardens , an oasis crafted from thousands of flowers, plants, and trees. The displays change seasonally.

If you’re not too worn out, venture from Bellagio to Caesars Palace on the elevated walkway that connects the two hotels. Here, you’ll be transported back to ancient Rome and can check out another iconic fountain: a replica of the Trevi Fountain. It’s located in the opulent Forum Shops, where you’ll find more than 160 stores and an outpost of Dominique Ansel Bakery —home of the cronut and worth the wait.

LAS VEGAS STRIP TOUR OPTIONS

• The Las Vegas Strip and Downtown Scooter with Food Tour packs several adventures into one—a cruise around town in a hot pink Hog Car scooter, sampling food at local restaurants, and visiting filming locations of popular reality television shows.
• On the small-group Las Vegas Walking Food Tour With Secret Food Tours , you’ll taste signature dishes at sought-after restaurants run by chefs like Gordon Ramsay and Giada De Laurentiis.
• Soar high above the city on a take-your-breath-away Las Vegas Helicopter Night Flight with Optional VIP Transportation .

EVENING: Eat your heart out, Vegas-style

As the sun sets over this desert oasis, Las Vegas truly comes to life. There are celebrity chef restaurants scattered throughout the city’s hotels, but some of the hottest tables are at The Cosmopolitan . At é by José Andrés , dining is like going to a theater performance: There are just eight seats gathered around the prep area, which doubles as a stage. The lucky diners feast on no less than 20 courses, which change regularly but might include highlights like a cotton candy-covered empanada filled with foie gras and corn nuts.

Couldn’t snag a reservation? Another food-as-entertainment spot is Superfrico , which describes its cuisine as “Italian American Psychedelic.” Order the tableside mozzarella experience—a pound of fresh cheese will be pulled and stretched as you watch and served with an assortment of sides.

Or you could head to The Pizzeria (aka Secret Pizza ), the hotel’s TikTok-famous grab-and-go joint that invented the trend of hidden Vegas dining venues. How to find it? Head to level 3 and look for an unmarked hallway lined with records between Blue Ribbon and Jaleo.

After dinner, the Cosmo has endless options for an unforgettable night out, including the Chandelier Lounge (a three-level ode to cocktail culture), Marquee Nightclub (a party staple), The Barbershop Cuts & Cocktails (a secret bar hidden in a barbershop), and Ski Lodge (another hidden lounge with snow falling year-round).

Worthy detours along the way

MORNING: Mingling with the mob

Today, we’re heading off the Strip. Destination: Downtown , the birthplace of Las Vegas. With the vintage casinos and neon signs, there’s a sense of nostalgia in the air and a glimpse of the golden days—think gambling, showgirls, and mobsters. Plus, you’ll get more of a sense of community than on the Strip: This is where locals actually hang out.

First stop: Siegel’s 1941 , a breakfast-all-day restaurant that pays homage to Bugsy Siegel and his inner circle of mobsters; don’t miss the Challah French Toast. Now that you’re in a mob mood, hit the nearby Mob Museum , set in a restored 1933 courthouse and post office. The museum is seriously good for every age, delving into the history of organized crime in Las Vegas and the efforts to combat it.

Travelers say: “[The Mob Museum] was a great overall visit. We did just decide to do general admission. It was worth it. The staff was friendly. The supplemental videos were worth watching. If you like learning and history this is your thing. NERD AWAY! Also, learning all the mobster nicknames was so fun!” — @ J Jacobson

AFTERNOON: Design in all forms

Container Park showcases the city’s innovative design spirit: This open-air shopping and entertainment zone is carved out of repurposed shipping containers that house cool boutiques, one-of-a-kind restaurants, and live music. An authentic Mexican street food spot, Pinches Tacos is a top choice for fan favorite dishes like al pastor tacos with marinated pork and pineapple. If you’re in the mood for BBQ, the Brisket Melt sandwich at Big Ern’s delivers.

A quick cab ride away is The Neon Museum , aka the Neon Boneyard. This outdoor art space is a treasure trove with stacks of restored signs from old casinos, hotels, and businesses. Set aside at least an hour to explore.

DOWNTOWN TOUR OPTIONS

• Hungry for food and art? You can learn about local culture and sample restaurant tastings during the Downtown Vegas Sightseeing and Foodie Tour .
• Learn about old-school Las Vegas on the Small-Group Downtown and Fremont Street History Walking Tour . You can even upgrade to visit the Gold and Silver Pawn Shop from the TV show Pawn Stars .
• Combine art and cocktails on the Pop Culture Walking Tour Downtown With Complimentary Cocktails .

EVENING: Bright lights, big city

As night falls, venture over to the Fremont Street Experience . A spectacular light and sound show is displayed on a massive LED canopy that stretches overhead, and there are interactive art installations like the Praying Mantis, which comes alive with fire-breathing performances. Feeling brave? Soar high above the crowds on the SlotZilla zip line.

Right nearby is the new Circa Resort & Casino , but leave the kiddos with a babysitter: This spot is strictly adults-only. Sports lovers will be into the hotel’s sportsbook—it’s the largest in the world. And be sure to make a reservation for the rooftop Legacy Club, which has staggering views stretching across the valley. Dinner after at Barry’s Downtown Prime is a no-brainer: The tomahawk ribeye steak is a showstopper.

If you still have some energy after dinner, have a nightcap at The Laundry Room , a speakeasy hidden away inside the Commonwealth bar where the mixologist will whip up a one-of-a-kind drink based on your favorite flavors. Reservations are highly recommended.

MORNING: Rocking out

Escape the lights of Las Vegas for a day of awe-inspiring natural beauty, outdoor adventure, and exploration in one of Vegas’s coolest new neighborhoods.

Start your day at Egg Works , a little gem known for breakfast-with-a-twist items like stuffed cinnamon roll pancakes. Now that you’re fortified, you’re ready to venture into the Red Rock Canyon National Conservation Area , which is full of geological marvels crafted over millions of years. The stunning Mojave Desert landscapes include vibrant red sandstone cliffs, flora and fauna that you won’t see anywhere else, and unique rock formations like the Keystone Thrust (a geological fault that creates a distinct contrast between the sandstone layers and the soaring cliffs).

Travelers say: “This place is a must if [you’re] in Vegas and want to get away from the crowds and the hype. The colors, the mountains, and the beautiful native plants are all breathtaking. Rent a car for the day and go! It's not difficult. If it's too hot they have a scenic drive you can travel slowly and take pics of you're into pics. Also don't forget to first stop at the visitors center. There are cooling cloths you can purchase to keep the heat away and they work! Get one, you won't be sorry.” — @ Anne V

AFTERNOON: A hip hood

After your morning adventure, spend the afternoon in Summerlin , set in the shadow of Red Rock Canyon. It’s got a buzzing downtown with high-end restaurants, boutiques, a modern new stadium that’s home to the Aviators baseball team, and the Golden Knights practice facility at City National Arena. Grab lunch at Wolfgang Puck Players Locker , a Golden Knights-themed space serving dishes named after players (Karlsson’s vegan burger, Tuch’s reuben sandwich). Or for fun school memories of chemistry, astronomy, and math, there’s Public School 702 , which has elevated pub grub, plus beer pong tables, shuffleboard, and over-sized Jenga—it’s better than recess.

If you’re feeling adventurous, you could make a detour 30 minutes away to check out Seven Magic Mountains , an art installation with a rainbow of rocks that lights up the desert backdrop.

RED ROCK CANYON TOUR OPTIONS

• The Scooter Tours of Red Rock Canyon are for people who want to see the Red Rock Canyon from a unique vantage point: an open-air scooter.
• Explore Red Rocks sustainably with a Red Rock Canyon Self-Guided Electric Bike Tour on a self-guided e-bike tour that cruises through 22 miles of desert; all equipment and travel is included.
• The 2-Hour Horseback Riding through Red Rock Canyon is likely to sell out for a reason: It’s family-friendly and you don’t need experience because the expert horses will do all the work for you.

EVENING: A star chef and star watching

End your day back in Summerlin at the Red Rock Casino Resort & Spa . Try your luck at the casino, catch a live performance, or unwind after your day of adventures with a spa treatment. Dinner at Osteria Fiorella , a Philly-style Italian spot from James Beard Award-winning chef Marc Vetri, is a must. Request a seat on the patio and be sure to order the Fiorella Assaggi Board (full of salumi, cheese, and other antipasti) and Sal’s Meatballs, served with whipped ricotta and garlic durum focaccia.

If you’re up for more adventure, head back to Red Rock Canyon to scope out the stars. Away from the city lights, the night sky reveals a jaw-dropping celestial display. The darkest spots are along SR-160 (Blue Diamond Road). Occasionally, Red Rock Canyon hosts astronomy events like telescope viewing sessions and talks about the cosmos. But take note: Exploring Red Rock Canyon at night requires additional precautions. Bring a flashlight or headlamp to navigate the trails safely and stay on designated paths to protect the sensitive desert ecosystem.

MORNING: Beyond the Strip

Now it’s time to hit two iconic destinations: Hoover Dam , a marvel of engineering that spans the Colorado River, and Antelope Canyon , a slot canyon renowned for its sculpted sandstone walls. Leave early: The Hoover Dam can get crowded and hot. Plus, there’s a lot to pack in today.

Fuel up at The Cracked Egg , a local favorite with several locations around town, and don’t miss the Southwest Benedict (loaded with chorizo and avocado) or the Stuffed French Toast.

At Hoover Dam, you can buy a ticket to explore on your own, but then you’d be missing one of the highlights: a guided tour where you can learn about the complex construction of the dam (fascinating even for non-engineers). Then head to the Hoover Dam Bypass —aka the Mike O'Callaghan–Pat Tillman Memorial Bridge—for a killer view of the dam and the Colorado River below.

HOOVER DAM TOUR OPTIONS

• Who said history isn’t funny? Get ready to chuckle on the Hoover Dam Comedy Tour with Lunch , which also stops at the “Welcome to Las Vegas” sign.
• On the exclusive Ultimate Hoover Dam Tour from Las Vegas With Lunch , you’ll get a VIP tour of the iconic structure and beat the crowds.
• With the Hoover Dam Walk-On-Top Tour with Seven Magic Mountains , you’ll combine two spots in one tour—a classic icon and a newly iconic spot.

AFTERNOON: The Wild West and wild nature

Everyone in the family will love Boulder City, which is straight out of the Wild West. It’s lined with quirky old-school saloons and the Boulder City-Hoover Dam Museum , where you can learn about the town’s role in the construction of Hoover Dam. Outdoor buffs might want to take a hike or bike ride along the scenic Historic Railroad Trail , which passes by Lake Mead and through tunnels once used during the construction of Hoover Dam.

In the late afternoon, take a scenic drive through the vast desert to Antelope Canyon, which is full of water-carved slot canyons and striated walls. The narrow passages and filtered light beams are like crack for Instagrammers.

Travelers say: “This was one of the coolest experiences I have ever done. Getting a change to actually walk through the canyons, and take breathtaking photos was amazing.” — @ Kaleigh K

EVENING: Sunset cruise and a cool food hood

For a magical end to the day, consider taking a sunset cruise on Lake Mead . The largest reservoir in the U.S., Lake Mead was created when the Hoover Dam was built. The lake’s serene waters and the vibrant hues of the setting sun create a picturesque backdrop.

Then, it’s time to dive back into central Vegas. Tonight, check out the food scene in Chinatown , just a few miles off the Strip. Its growth was fueled starting in the 1970s by a surge of immigrants moving to the city. You’ll thank them for making that move when your taste buds are transported to the far corners of Asia, including China (soup buns at Xiao Long Dumplings ), Vietnam (lobster pho at District One Kitchen and Bar ), and Japan (sushi at Yui Edomae ).

MORNING: A grand adventure

The last stop on your five-day whirlwind itinerary: a bucket-list journey to the Grand Canyon, an iconic natural wonder carved by the Colorado River over millions of years. If you want to make a whole day of it, start early: The drive to the Grand Canyon South Rim takes about four or five hours, depending on traffic and stops.

The best approach: Head to Williams, Arizona and board The Grand Canyon Railway , which will transport you straight to the South Rim. Visit the charming shops, restaurants, and historic buildings at Grand Canyon Village , and have lunch at El Tovar , a National Historic Landmark that hasn’t changed much since it was built in 1905.

Travelers say: “Our family and friends were split on their opinion of the Grand Canyon. Some said it is just a big hole in the ground and others said it was awesome. After our visit, we agree with the people in the awesome mindset. This is one of those places you need to see in person, pictures don't do it justice. You just need to stand on the rim and realize just how big the canyon is and watch how the light changes as the day progresses. We were also able to stay for sunset at Hopi point which is its own kind of awesomeness.” — @ WisTrippers

AFTERNOON: A bird’s eye view

Here’s the only thing: With that approach to the Grand Canyon, you’ll suck up a lot of precious time on your last day. We say: Book a helicopter flight and fly to the Grand Canyon in style. As you lift off from Las Vegas, the cityscape fades away, replaced by the vast expanse of the Southwest’s rugged desert landscape. Gliding over the Colorado River, you’ll witness the Grand Canyon’s mighty cliffs and multi-hued rock formations. The copter’s panoramic windows offer unobstructed views.

Depending on the tour you take, you might land on the canyon floor—the perfect way to connect with the natural world.

GRAND CANYON TOUR OPTIONS

• With the full-day Grand Canyon West Rim Bus Tour & Hoover Dam Photo Stop with Optional Skywalk , you’ll see several iconic spots—definitely add on the terrifyingly thrilling Skywalk.
• Soar over the Colorado River, Lake Mead, the Hoover Dam, and descend below the rim of the Grand Canyon on the Grand Canyon West Helicopter Tour from Las Vegas with Optional Skywalk .
• This tour takes in two famous canyons, plus another highlight: G rand Canyon South Rim, Antelope Canyon, Horseshoe Bend Day Tour from Las Vegas.

EVENING: Ending on a high note

For your last night in Vegas, end things on a high note: at the High Roller Observation Wheel at The LINQ Promenade, where you can watch the city come to life as the sun casts a golden glow over the desert landscape.

Know Before You Go

Vegas is bustling year-round, but its busiest periods tend to be certain weeks and weekends instead of a whole season. So when planning a trip to Vegas, be sure to do a quick search for any big events that may draw crowds around that time (New Year’s and sporting events, for example). You’ll find the best weather in February through May and September through November, but there’s a trade-off—skyrocketing hotel rates. In summer, the 100-degree days can make being outside close to unbearable, but if you plan on staying inside you may prefer it anyway, since the rates are better and virtually everything is air-conditioned.

Staying in Vegas mid-week is quieter and cheaper. Weekend rates can be hundreds of dollars more than their mid-week alternatives. Going mid-week doesn’t mean you can’t get the quintessential Las Vegas experience, because this city never takes a break.

In Vegas, the casinos never close—so whether you’re a night owl or an early riser, you can try your luck any time. The dining scene caters to all tastes—and schedules. Many restaurants stay open late into the night, offering an array of options for a late-night bite or an early breakfast; there are even some fine dining and fast-food spots open 24/7. When it comes to bars and nightclubs, the party goes on: Most remain open until the wee hours. In Vegas, the major shopping centers usually close around 9 or 10 p.m., but many hotel shops stay open later (just beware of drunk shopping). Most of the Vegas shows run multiple times a day; just check the schedule and book in advance.

The Strip : Las Vegas Boulevard—or simply, the Strip—is the center of all the action, lined with iconic casino hotels and casinos. Known for its stunning fountains and European-style ambiance, Bellagio Las Vegas reinvented the idea of luxury in Vegas when it opened in 1998. The Venetian is an Italian-themed resort with spacious suites and the Venice-inspired Grand Canal Shoppes. Always a classic, Caesars Palace exudes Roman opulence with its renowned Forum Shops and high-end entertainment (it’s also home to Nobu at Caesars Palace , a hotel within a hotel).

Downtown : For a taste of the old-school Vegas, head Downtown. The adults-only Circa Resort & Casino has the largest sportsbook in the world. Golden Nugget has lots of history and a water slide that goes right through a shark tank. The D Las Vegas is known for the famous Dancing Dealers and the only two-level casino in Vegas.

Off-Strip: Escape the hustle and bustle of the Strip without compromising on luxury and comfort at these properties that have everything you want and a little more room to breathe. The hip Palms Casino Resort is famous for its Sky Villas and KAOS, which is both a dayclub and a nightclub. In Summerlin, a cool neighborhood next to the stunning Red Rock Canyon, Red Rock Casino Resort & Spa has a stunning setting and a state-of-the-art casino. In nearby Henderson, Green Valley Ranch Resort Spa & Casino is a luxe escape with a Mediterranean-inspired pool area.

Walking: Vegas can be tricky to navigate by foot, especially when it comes to crossing over from side to side on the Strip. Depending on where you’re starting and ending, grabbing a taxi or a rideshare might be a better bet.

Public transportation: The Las Vegas Monorail is a convenient and efficient way to travel along the Strip. It runs from the SLS Las Vegas Hotel & Casino in the north to the MGM Grand in the south, stopping at several major resorts in between. The city’s RTC (Regional Transportation Commission) is an affordable way to get around town, with bus routes that connect the Strip to Downtown, the airport, and other areas of the city. The Deuce is another popular bus along the Strip, making frequent stops at major resorts and attractions.

By bike: Las Vegas has embraced biking, with lanes available along some parts of the Strip and throughout Downtown, making it a fun and eco-friendly way to explore. RTC Bike Share has stations throughout the city. You can pick up a bike at one location, ride to your destination, and then drop it off at another station.

By taxi: Traffic gets bad on the Strip, but if you’re traveling more than a hotel or two away—especially in the hotter months—you may prefer to sit in traffic in an airconditioned taxi than trudge through the heat to the closest bridge. You’ll usually find taxis waiting outside major hotels and casinos. Just be sure to use a licensed taxi with a visible meter; avoid accepting rides from unlicensed drivers.

Airport transfers: Getting to the Strip from Harry Reid Airport is easiest with a taxi or a rideshare service like Uber and Lyft, which are all available at McCarran International Airport. Simply follow the signs to the designated pickup areas outside the terminals. Many hotels in Las Vegas offer free airport shuttle services for their guests; check with your property in advance to see if this option is available. You can also book a private shuttle service (not cheap) or take a bus from the RTC (cheap), which has routes going from the airport to many locations around Vegas.

• Work with Me
• Start a Blog
• Yearly Roundups
• 101 in 1001 Goals
• how to start a travel blog
• tips for new bloggers
• write me a guest post!
• Work With Me

A Passion and A Passport

Proving Travel is Possible with a Full-Time 9-5

3 Days in Vegas: The Perfect Las Vegas Itinerary

last Updated: May 7, 2024 las vegas nevada

FYI: Affiliate links may be sprinkled throughout the awesome, free content you see below. I’ll receive a small commission when you purchase from my links (at no extra cost to you), which I’ll totally blow on adult things like boba tea and avocado toast. As always, thanks for the support.

Headed to Las Vegas and looking for the best 3 day Las Vegas itinerary? Keep on reading for opulent hotels, sugary snacks, and luxurious spa treatments. See, it’s not all kitschy casinos and high-cash table games!

I’ve taken my fair share of 3 day trips to Vegas (heck, I’ve gone just to see Usher perform #noshame and visit the Valley of Fire – my all time favorite day trip). But with all the things to see and do, I always get overwhelmed when attempting to create the perfect Vegas itinerary for you guys!

We’ve been to Vegas dozens of times (now that we live in San Francisco we go multiple a times a year), and are always finding new things to do. While it doesn’t have the beaches we crave in other destinations ( Hawaii , San Diego , and Half Moon Bay , I’m looking at you), we always love our time in the desert.

Want to create your own Vegas itinerary?! Or visiting for the 3rd, 4th, or 5th time? Check out these 100+ things to do in Las Vegas — the ultimate bucket list!

3 days in Vegas is a good amount of time to see the top tourist sites, do a little gambling (I said a little!), and get a little crazy in the clubs/pools. And after your long weekend in Vegas, you’ll be ready to go home back to normal life, I promise you that. Vegas is overwhelming, over-stimulating, and just overall quite a trip.

So when Monique, from get this – My Perfect Itinerary – offered to spill the beans on the perfect 3 days in Las Vegas, I just couldn’t say no. Aaaaand she’s a local, so what could be more fitting?

Enjoy, and lemme know down below in the comments if anything imperative should be added!

A 3 day weekend in Las Vegas is easily doable if you are anywhere on the west coast of the United States. In this guide, I will show you the touristy experiences (actually worth doing) and local tips (I do currently live here!) to give you a well-rounded Las Vegas vacation!

Las Vegas is an extremely famous city known for its epic party scene, amazing year-round weather, luxurious hotels, gambling on every corner, and notable movie spots. Being born and raised in Las Vegas, I will show you the ins and outs of this amazing city!

Where to Stay in Las Vegas?

Were you paying attention when I said Las Vegas is known for its luxurious hotels? Well, if you zoned out in paragraph two… you need to grab a coffee to zone back into this 2,000+ word guide!

Whether it’s your first time in Las Vegas or 100th time, you will want to find a hotel along the Las Vegas Strip for your 3 days in Vegas. When I refer to “The Strip,” this means the four and a half mile strip of hotels and casinos along Las Vegas Blvd. This area is competitive with luxurious and unique hotels, fitting every country you can think of.

Like Egypt? Stay at The Luxor for an Egyptian experience. Their hotel is shaped as an Egyptian pyramid that has a strobe light that (supposedly) can be seen from space!

Like Venice? Stay at The Venetian for some of the best Italian food in the world, gelato shops, and a grand canal weaving through the casino (where you can actually take a gondola ride through the hotel!).

Our favorites are The Conrad at Resorts World , Bellagio , Cosmo , and ARIA Resort .

I can go on and on with the unique themes of each hotel, but whichever one tickles your fancy, just make sure you are staying on Las Vegas Blvd between Sunset and Sahara. Since you are only in Vegas for three days, you will want to make sure you are staying in the middle of the action!

IMPORTANT: Just because a hotel has a Las Vegas Blvd address does NOT mean it is on the Las Vegas Strip!

Best Time to Visit Las Vegas?

There is no way to sugar coat it, Vegas is HOT!

The summer is going to be expensive, crowded, and brutally hot. I would 10/10 NOT recommend coming in the summer months.

Plan your 3 days in Las Vegas during either Spring and Fall – you’ll thank me later. The weather is gorgeous during these months (70-80 Degrees Fahrenheit), the crowds are not as bad (keyword here is “as” – Vegas always has A LOT of crowds),  and the pricing is far better.

Psst: If you wanna take any day or over night trips to surrounding National Parks ( Death Valley , Zion , and Bryce are popular from here), do not visit Vegas in the summer. It’s sweltering.

LOCAL TIP: Day clubs are one of the best things to do in Las Vegas. They are open most of the year, but are closed end of Fall and early Spring. The exact dates change yearly, but you can just Google “Las Vegas day club opening/closing day,” and you should be able to find the exact date. Make sure you don’t travel on a date when these are closed!

How to Get Around Las Vegas?

Uber and Lyft are literally swarming every inch of Las Vegas, so you should never have trouble getting one. However, the hotels and airport make it very difficult to get to the pick-up location because for some reason they are still supporting the taxis…  

Hotels will make you walk through the taxi pick-up area and into the parking garage to get to the rideshare area, which if you are drunk and tired this can be very annoying.

And if you aren’t constantly drunk and tired on your vacation, you aren’t doing your 3 day trip to Vegas right!

How Long to Stay in Las Vegas?

Yea, yea, yea, I know this is a guide for the best 3 day Vegas itinerary. And I certainly feel 3 days in Las Vegas is sufficient, especially if you think you’ll be coming back! You’ll see — any more than 3 days and nights in Vegas will surely kick your butt.

BUT, if you’re traveling from far away, you should 100% spend more time here. While Vegas itself is super fun, the day trips around the city are what really make the area so varied!

S ome of the best day trips from Las Vegas are:  

• Valley of Fire State Park
• Antelope Canyon and Horseshoe Bend
• Hoover Dam and Route 66
• Black Canyon Kayak Tour (half day) or Emerald Cave Kayaking
• Grand Canyon (West Rim)
• Bryce Canyon and Zion National Parks

And now, let’s get this Las Vegas itinerary started!

The Best 3 Day Las Vegas Itinerary

Day 1 in vegas.

UPON-ARRIVAL: WELCOME TO LAS VEGAS

Whether you are driving or flying in to Vegas, you’re first stop will obviously be the “Welcome to Las Vegas” sign. This is single-handingly the most touristy thing in Las Vegas, but you are a tourist AND YOU ARE PROUD!

This sign is located off of Sunset Rd & Las Vegas Blvd, the starting point of the “Las Vegas Strip.” Make this the first thing you do during your 3 days in Las Vegas to just get it outta the way.

Plus, it’s free and who doesn’t love free stuff? 😉 If you want more FREE things to do in Las Vegas, don’t forget to check out my guide on 40 Free Things to do in Las Vegas !

NIGHT: DINNER AND DANCING

After checking into your hotel, it’s time for some grub! Regardless of what hotel you are staying at, head over to the Venetian to try out Celebrity Chef, Buddy V’s restaurant and bakery . I am sure you have heard of the show cake boss and if not, are you living under a rock?!

For those of you living under a rock…. Cake Boss is a ten-year, award winning tv show that ended in 2017 so that he could focus his energy on opening bakeries and restaurants around the world. Since 2017, he has already opened up bakeries in 10 different states!

LOCAL TIP: Get pastries to go because after a long night of drinking, these will actually taste like heaven. You can thank me later.

After you’re done with dinner, head back up to your room to get ready for the night and to drop off those yummy midnight snacks!

To “pregame” for the night club, you can spend a few hours gambling at one of the hotels. When you gamble on the Las Vegas Strip, you drink for free! A cocktail server will be walking around asking you if you would like anything as long as you are actively playing.

Not really drinking for free I guess, ha!

Night clubs are not open every night, you will need to research which one you want to go to and make sure they are open the night you are traveling. My top five nightclubs choices are:

Any of these are going to have good music and big crowds! Along with this, you will have to pay an arm and a leg for a drink once you get inside. I would recommend having a few drinks either gambling or at a bar before going in.

LOCAL TIP: Most nights, ladies get in for free. The day you choose to go to the club, look out for guys walking around in nice outfits asking you to come on their guest list. You will find them either in front of the club or wandering around the Las Vegas Strip.

Las Vegas Itinerary Day 2

MORNING: SPA DAY

Day 2 of our Las Vegas itinerary begins at the spa, because what’s better than getting rid of a hangover than by soaking in a tub of warm bubbly water? Every hotel will have a beautifully designed spa that matches the theme of the hotel.

Okay, I know what you’re thinking… Why would I waste time going to a spa when I could do that in my hometown?! Because Las Vegas spas are nothing like spas around the U.S. because of the outrageous amount of amenities they offer!

Caesars Palace Spa for example: When you pay for something on their spa menu (massage, facial, etc), you will gain access to their hotel pool, spa hot tub, sauna, steam room, gym, and snow room. YES, you heard that right.. Snow room .

These packages can get pricey, but I think they are worth every penny! You could easily spend several hours here.

Extra option: If spa’s aren’t really your thang, now’s your chance to either check out the Magic Mountains art installation and/or the Neon Museum (both quick uber rides away).

AFTERNOON: POOL PARTIES GALORE

If the spa didn’t get rid of your hangover, hair of the dog sure will! Time for some day drinking at one of Las Vegas’s day clubs. These clubs typically open around 11am and get packed very quick! My top five day clubs choices are:

• Wet Republic
• Encore Beach Club

NIGHT: DINNER AND BELLAGIO FOUNTAINS

I don’t know about you, but after a full day of day drinking, I need some comfort food and a nap! If you aren’t from the west coast, In N Out will be on your itinerary for today. Actually, no matter where you are from, In N Out is always a good idea!

LOCAL TIP: Get the off-the-menu animal style fries, which is french fries with their sauce, grilled onions and cheese melted on top. Trust me on this one.

If you’re still alive after the day club, you can head over to Hyde at the Bellagio to get the best view of the Bellagio fountains. If you go before 10pm, it is just a restaurant and bar. If you go after 10pm, it turns into a nightclub!

I recommend going before it turns into a club so you can sit outside at a table. Order some cocktails and appetizers to enjoy while watching the Bellagio Fountain Show that goes off every 15-30 minutes.

Being a local, I have seen this show millions of times and it still never ceases to amaze me!

After watching the Bellagio Fountains and enjoying your amazing cocktail, head inside the Bellagio to the conservatory & botanical garden to end your night. This should only take about 15 minutes to walk through, but you’re jaw will drop! This conservatory changes with the seasons and is made completely of real flowers.

Day 3 in Las Vegas

MORNING: BRUNCH IT UP!

Sleep in and head out to Hexx Kitchen for a hearty brunch and bottomless mimosas! This is your last day in Sin City, so there’s no better time than now to start drinking! The wait can be long on Sunday’s, so make sure you make a reservation in advance.

LATE-MORNING/EARLY AFTERNOON: SIGHTSEEING

After your belly is full of yummy food and bottomless mimosa, time for some sightseeing. Dealing with crowds, picture-taking tourists, and the heat is A LOT more fun after bottomless mimosas! Not speaking from personal experience or anything…

Stop 1: Head next door to the Paris Hotel to snap a picture with a much smaller version of the Eiffel Tower! The view is spectacular from next to or underneath the Eiffel Tower, but if you want a picture of yourself with the full Eiffel Tower in the background, you can get a much better view from across the street by the Bellagio Valet.

Stop 2: Walk one block along Las Vegas Blvd to The Flamingo hotel to see the FREE flamingo habitat! Located outside near the LINQ connection, you can see flamingos walking around in their gorgeous habitat with a winding coy pond and many waterfalls.

Stop 3: Continue walking along Las Vegas Blvd to the Linq Hotel and High Roller (the big ferris wheel). I would skip the Linq hotel and head right outside to their promenade where you can go shopping and get a delicious cupcake from Sprinkles! You don’t even need to wait in line for Sprinkles, you can walk right up to their cupcake ATM.

After walking around this adorable area, you can buy tickets for the High Roller. This ferris wheel is so unique because it fits 50+ people per pod! You can either buy tickets to just enjoy the view, or you can buy the VIP package that includes open bar during the duration of the ride. You can get pricing and more information here .

Book your High Roller ferris wheel ticket here!

Stop 4: Time to take your touristy-self to the next level and head to the Venetian for a gondola ride (an absolute must on any cliche Las Vegas itinerary guide)! These can be pricey, but even if you don’t feel like spending the money on the ride itself, you should still go see the lagoon either way.

Book your gondola ride here! Includes entry to Madame Tussauds as well!

Since calories don’t count on vacation (that is a saying, right?),  grab a milkshake at Black Tap and walk around the lagoon with these extravagant milkshakes!

**All of these stops are so close together and easily doable – only 20 minutes to walk all four of these stops!**

LATE AFTERNOON/NIGHT: FREMONT STREET

To end your three days in Las Vegas, you will be heading to downtown Fremont Street. This area of Las Vegas is the polar opposite of what you’ve experienced so far. Be expecting art murals on every corner, old school hotels, “coyote ugly” style bars, and VERY naked street performers!

Did I not sell you?

If you don’t have a car, I recommend booking yourself on a night tour of downtown Las Vegas! THIS TOUR got exceptional reviews — I kinda wanna take it myself next time! It also brings you to the “Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas” sign, which looks completely different at night!

Locals and tourists alike flock to Fremont Street because of the fair pricing and lively bars. This area is tightly packed (like most downtown areas around the world), so it makes bar hopping extremely easy. Every bar in this area is very hip and trendy, so getting to check out as many bars as possible should be your game-plan!

I would start on Fremont Street, which will be the very obvious lit up dome covering the entire street. You will see zip lines running across the top, live concerts playing, naked street performers lining the walkway, and bars selling fat Tuesday drinks (the frozen yard drinks).

After checking out Fremont Street, you can begin your bar hopping excursion! Ladies enter for free in all these bars, and most of them guys will need to pay a cover to get in:

• Goldspike: Outside bar with oversized games like beer pong, chess, shuffleboard, corn hole, twister, jenga, and so much more!
• Commonwealth: Double decker bar with a really fun rooftop bar/club.
• Oddfellows: Older style disco bar with a huge dance area in the back.
• Hogs & Heifers: This is a “Coyote Ugly” style bar with bras hanging from the ceiling and bartenders dancing on the bar.
• Corduroy: They have a really fun photo booth in the back that sends pictures right to your phone for FREE!

LOCAL TIP: Everyone dresses cute/casual for downtown. No need to wear dresses and heels like The Strip nightlife. Most bars are fairly dead until about 10pm, so that is when you should plan to start your night.

BONUS : If you’ve got 4 days in Vegas , promise me (oh promise me) you’ll spend at least one of your days outside of the city. There’s soooo much beautiful nature around the casino-ridden area, it’d be a shame to stay within its boundaries the entire duration of your stay.

That’s a wrap! There is so much to see in Las Vegas, and just when you feel like you’ve seen everything, this city just keeps on growing. And trust me, after partying/exploring for 3 days in Las Vegas, you’ll be ready to head back home for some much-needed rest.

Hopefully you will love this city as much as I do, and crave to come back and see more. If you want to read more Las Vegas guides, you can read more here !

What on this Las Vegas itinerary will you be checking out?

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

March 12, 2021 at 10:29 am

One thing not mentioned, another gorgeous drive is up to Mt. Charleston. It's only about 30 minutes or so, & once you gain a little altitude you will feel like you're up in the mountains, pine trees and all! If you go in the summer & it's a zillion degrees in Las Vegas, it will be in the comfy 80's there..just amazing. Stop at the Mt. Charleston Inn & have a meal or a drink, great service & views. In the winter it actually snows!! Go over to Lee canyon, where you can ski, go sledding, & ride the ski lift! It's a wonderful change of pace from the strip..enjoy!!

March 12, 2021 at 11:42 am

Ohhh thanks so much for the tip! I may be headed to LV in July this year so 80's would be great! hahaha

March 13, 2021 at 1:06 pm

Thank you for the excellent guidance. Before the spa (and no spa can beat Qua Baths at Caesars), I kick the hangover in its wimpy ass and go for a run through Hughes Center at dawn. No busy streets to cross except Local and then just nice peaceful sidewalks and manicured landscapes. Nothing beats a five miler ( slow pace…remember we’re hung over), to set the stage for spa, and then pool party

March 27, 2021 at 9:38 am

3 DAYS IS NOWHERE ENOUGH. I DID THE 3 NITE THING MY FIRST TIME IN 82 & EVERSINCE I HAVE ADDED DAYS. UP TO 40 NOW.. I TELL PEOPLE TO TRY AND AT LEAST STAY 5 NITES YOUR FIRST TIME SO YOU CAN ABSORB SOME OF IT…..

March 30, 2021 at 6:16 pm

Listening to this, sounds like a paid advertisement obviously endorsed by the big brands. You must be rich to do this. Alot more can be done on alot less money. 1st suggestion is go to Walgreens and buy your drinks to carry along. Otherwise its $10 per. Best steakhouse a fraction of the cost of the strip, Echo & Rig. But its not close so you should have a car. And if you have a car then go sight seeing. Willow Beach is beautiful. Pioneer Saloon is haunted. Mt Charleston is cool and relaxing and while up there, have a picnic in the meadows of wild horses. And so much more…

March 31, 2021 at 6:18 am

How about visiting the Pinball Hall of Fame or the Mob Museum?

April 4, 2021 at 9:53 am

great additions to any Vegas itinerary!

April 3, 2021 at 4:53 am

You definitely need to stay at the Delano it's next best thing to your Venetian stay and, it's right on the strip. Then stop by Arizona Charlie's to get a reasonable bite to eat. (Good food) and, if you're a Bingo player they play every odd hour. Gambling isn't to bad either. Then if you want to avoid lines Silver Sevens Hotel & Casino is a good spot to eat, reasonable and, good. Needless to say these two are not on the strip but, worth the visit . You definitely gotta get that donut or at least a half dozen from PinkBox Donuts you'll always go back for more. Yum,yum, yummy. Oh yea! If you want to venture out to a great night spot restaurant and, party style laid back superb dining try BLUME it's fantastic no regrets. Just left Vegas March 31,2021 it's getting back to it's old self lookin good. Oh stop by the newly opened Virgin Casino and, don't miss out on Circa down on Fremont now that's worth your visit just an exciting experience. Will be back in May!!

April 4, 2021 at 9:52 am

Thanks for all your tips! Sounds like you had a great time!

April 8, 2021 at 7:23 pm

You also need to see Vegas big production show.

April 12, 2021 at 8:27 am

Also close by is Red Rock Canyon Scooter Tours. They pick you up at your hotel. There's a van version for non-scooter people.

August 7, 2022 at 8:56 am

U mentioned skipping the Linc hotel? Why is that?

September 6, 2022 at 4:52 pm

I almost didn’t read this story since you said you went to Vegas for a Backstreet Boys show and that’s as horrible a time as it gets.

October 11, 2022 at 8:28 am

In the way of transportation/getting around, there also is a monorail, The Deuce bus, and shuttles. Though the monorail runs behind the properties on the east side of The Strip, it can provide a great way to get around without walking the 4.2 miles from one end to the other.

November 3, 2022 at 9:19 am

Thank you so much. Just what I needed to read. We ar going for a week from Ireland. Family thing. But loved your ideas and the fact they are day time events . Will be checking them out. I have been to Vegas many times over the years. Did my fair share of partying there. Now I am on the granny trip. But still plan on blazing some trails. Thanks again

September 29, 2023 at 9:02 pm

Thank you . Loved hearing from a local and wanted some things other than gambling while in town for a few dates. You gave lots of options, even for this one who is not a clubber. Most appreciated, will try some new places since not my first Vega trip.

You may also love...

Subscribe To The Newsletter

FOR TRAVEL INSPO   and   FUN

No spam, only fun!

Favorite Destinations

• About Jessica
• How to Plan a Trip
• Fave Travel Companies
• Shop My Faves

Destinations

• World Travel
• San Francisco
• Northern California
• Southern California
• Central Coast

3 Days in Las Vegas: The Perfect Weekend in Vegas Itinerary

Oh, the glitz and glamour of spending a long weekend in Las Vegas, with its worldwide fame thanks to its neon signs, legendary casinos, luxury hotels, and fabulous entertainment. 

Often referred to as “Sin City,” escaping day-to-day life by running away to spend a few days in Las Vegas has been popular for decades. 

It is no wonder though: there are so many exciting things to do in Las Vegas that it can feel overwhelming!

Thanks to this 3 day Las Vegas itinerary, that stress will be alleviated and you will have a great starting point for your trip to Las Vegas.

A long weekend in Vegas is the perfect amount of time to do some gambling, see a show, and take in the top attractions in Vegas.  

Here’s how to spend a perfect 3 days in Las Vegas, whether it’s your first getaway to Sin City or your 10th!

Note : This Las Vegas travel guide was written for Our Escape Clause by Las Vegas enthusiast Michelle Snell of That Texas Couple . Thanks for joining us, Michelle!

Table of Contents

The Perfect 3 Days in Las Vegas Itinerary

Where to stay for a weekend in las vegas, where to eat in las vegas, nv, getting around during 3 days in vegas, when to visit las vegas, nevada.

Some links in this post may be affiliate links. If you make a purchase through one of these links, we may earn a small commission at no extra cost to you. Please see our disclosure policy for more detail.

Day 1 in Las Vegas Itinerary:  Welcome to Las Vegas Sign, The Strip + A Night Out

Kick off your weekend in vegas with a selfie at the iconic las vegas sign..

Everyone wants their picture with the famous “Welcome to Las Vegas” sign! 

Luckily, this sign is an easy first stop when trying to explore Las Vegas in 3 days. 

Grab a cab or Uber and ask the driver to head south of the airport to the iconic sign. 

The “Welcome to Las Vegas” sign is in the middle of the road, so be careful when crossing!

Designated as a historic landmark and listed on the National Register of Historic Places, this sign is a must-do during your Las Vegas vacation! 

The placement of the sign designates the starting of the Las Vegas strip, so this is the perfect place to kick off your Vegas vacation.

Keep in mind that this is one of the most popular things to do in Las Vegas, so waiting in line to take a photo is common!

The earlier you start your morning (a big ask during a Las Vegas weekend getaway, I know), the better.

Explore the famous Las Vegas Strip.

The Las Vegas Strip has to be one of the most famous streets in the United States. 

Once you arrive, you will immediately see why.

You are engulfed with recreations of iconic structures from around the world. 

You will see a pyramid, the Statue of Liberty, the Eiffel Tower, and more as you make your way down The Strip.

After checking into your accommodations, get started exploring the Las Vegas Strip, because there is a lot to see! 

Each lavish casino on The Las Vegas Strip has its own unique attraction to lure in visitors. 

For this Las Vegas itinerary, we are going to start at the south end of The Strip and make our way north, stopping at the most famous attractions along the way. 

Of course, if one of these attractions doesn’t appeal to you, just skip it!

Getting Around The Strip

If your accommodations are not near the south end, you can take the city bus to get there, or you can reverse the order listed here. 

The city bus is a surprisingly cheap and easy way to get around tow n!

Keep in mind that the distances on The Strip are deceiving. 

You can look down the street and notice the sign for the hotel right next door… but the walk could take 15-20 minutes! 

The casino properties are huge and you have to go over an elevated pedestrian bridge every time you cross the street. 

The Best Things to Do on the Strip

Here’s what to keep an eye out for when exploring The Strip during the first day of your Las Vegas getaway.

Fair warning: perusing The Strip can easily take all day (or more), so take your time and soak up the over-the-top glitz!

Titanic: The Artifact Exhibition at the Luxor

Where else in the United States can you take a picture in front of an Egyptian pyramid?

Only in Las Vegas! 

The pyramid-shaped hotel is the Luxor , and it is here that you will find Titanic: The Artifact Exhibition .  

The Titanic exhibit at the Luxor is a top-notch experience. 

Upon arrival, you are given a card and you become one of the passengers on the ship.

As you explore the exhibits, you are treated to over 250 actual artifacts from the ship. 

There are also several recreation rooms, including a replica of the Grand Staircase. 

At the end of your journey, you get to learn whether your person survived.

Grab your tickets to Titanic: The Artifact Exhibition now!

New York, New York Hotel

Like many of the best hotels in Vegas, The New York, New York Hotel is an attraction in itself! 

From the outside, you can see a replica of the New York skyline, the Statue of Liberty, and the Brooklyn Bridge.

Once inside, you feel as though you have been transported to the city street of New York.  

One of the attractions in the New York, New York Hotel is the popular Big Apple Coaster. 

The Big Apple Coaster is an adrenaline lover’s dream! 

If you want to intensify your ride even more, be sure to add the VR experience!

The Eiffel Tower at Paris Las Vegas

You can’t miss the Paris Hotel and Casino . Just look for the Eiffel Tower! 

The Eiffel Tower here is a half-size replica of the one that you will find in Paris.  

You can make this a quick stop if all you want to do is take a picture of the tower and the Champs Elysses. 

If you want to spend some more time here, ride the 46-stories of the Eiffel Tower to get an epic view of the Las Vegas Strip.

Taking this ride at night and having dinner atop the tower is one of the most romantic things to do in Las Vegas !  

Book your visit to Las Vegas’ Eiffel Tower today!

Bellagio Fountain Show (+ Beyond)

The Bellagio is one of the best hotels in Vegas for couples and is a must-do stop during your few days in Las Vegas.  

The main attraction at the Bellagio Hotel is the epic fountain show that takes place every 30 minutes right on the Las Vegas Strip! 

The cool thing about this show is that the fountains are synchronized to the music and the songs change throughout the day. 

While here, you need to go inside the Bellagio Hotel also. 

The lobby ceiling is a beautiful display of art by glass artist, Dale Chihuly.  

Just beyond the lobby is the Bellagio Conservatory and Botanical Garden. 

The displays at the conservatory are created using natural plant materials and change with the seasons.

If that isn’t enough, the Bellagio is also home to the world’s largest chocolate fountain! 

You can find the 27-foot tall chocolate fountain on display at the Bellagio Patisserie.

The Grand Canal of the Venetian Resort Las Vegas

For a taste of Italy right in Las Vegas, head to the Venetian Hotel and Casino . 

A replica of the beautiful canals that meander throughout Venice greets visitors. 

Hop on one of the gondolas to be swept away to one of the most iconic cities in Italy!

A gondola ride at the Venetian allows visitors to explore the hotel in a unique way. 

Floating through the canals, you will go under bridges and beside cafes as you make your way through the hotel. 

Take note that you have two choices when booking your gondola ride, an indoor ride or an outdoor ride.

Be sure to pick the one that you have your heart set on.

While at the Venetian, be sure you go inside and explore the hotel . 

The lobby is lined with columns and beautiful Italian tile.

As you continue to explore, you will find that the common areas of the hotel are replicas of the gorgeous streets in Venice. 

There is even a reproduction of St. Mark’s Square , the iconic square in Venice. 

Keep your eye out for “street performers” also as they roam the street of Venice entertaining visitors. 

Volcano Eruption at the Mirage

A little further, down the Strip, you will find the Mirage Hotel and Casino . 

One of the most memorable Las Vegas attractions at the Mirage is the volcano–yes, a volcano!

The Mirage volcano erupts daily between 7 and 11 pm.

The eruptions take place on the hour, so this one is easy to fit into your Las Vegas weekend itinerary.

Day 2 Las Vegas Itinerary: Downtown Las Vegas, A Pool Party + Museums

Day 2 of your Vegas itinerary is taking you to the heart and soul of Las Vegas, downtown.

Downtown Las Vegas is the roots of the Vegas that we know today. 

It is here that the iconic casinos originated!

The famous Freemont Street is also located in the downtown area as are some fun museums and quirky hotel attractions.

Vegas Travel Tip : If you are looking for a reasonable hotel deal, check out the downtown area.  Often the hotels here are way cheaper than hotels on The Strip!

Here’s what to do downtown during your second day in Vegas!

Explore the Downtown Las Vegas Arts District .

The Las Vegas Arts District also called the 18b, is an 18 block thriving art community. 

Here you will find an eclectic mix of businesses including boutique clothing stores, art galleries, antique stores, and of course, bars and restaurants. 

The Las Vegas Arts District hosts a First Friday art walk on the first Friday of every month.

If your 3 day weekend in Vegas includes a first Friday, make sure to visit as they often have local artists on-site as well as live performances!

Pay a visit to the Mob Museum.

The Mob Museum , located in Downtown Las Vegas, is a great addition to your 3 days in Las Vegas itinerary. 

This museum immerses visitors in the history and impact of organized crime. 

The Mob Museum’s historic building helps to make the experience even more authentic as many famous mob-related hearings were held here.

A visit to The Mob Museum allows visitors to explore 3 floors and a basement. 

One of the popular exhibits is the “Path to Prohibition” which takes you through the prohibition era and includes a speakeasy bar you can visit. 

There are also exhibits on the history of organized crime, the St. Valentine’s Day Massacre wall and evidence, a firearm simulator, and displays outlining the Kefauver Hearings.  

Plan to spend at least three hours at The Mob Museum if you plan to explore all of the exhibits.

Grab tickets for The Mob Museum today!

Attend one of the iconic Las Vegas pool parties.

A visit to Vegas is not complete with participating in one of its iconic pool parties! 

The pools in Las Vegas turn into daytime clubs as DJs play music, bartenders serve up delicious cocktails, and everyone is dressed to impress in their best swimwear!  

You can find at least one pool party every day in Las Vegas. 

Some to take note of are the party at the Wet Republic at MGM Grand , Rehab Beach Club at the Hard Rock, and Encore Beach Club at Encore at Wynn Las Vegas .

Most pool parties charge an entrance fee and can get rowdy. 

If that is not your scene, then you can just lounge around the hotel pool and relax.

Want to make the most of the party? Book a pool party crawl in order to hit up several spots in one afternoon!

Book your Vegas pool party crawl today!

Check out the Neon Museum.

The Neon Museum is an absolute must-see during your 3 days in Las Vegas, and is best visited at night. 

Full of “retired” neon signs from the hotels and casinos of Las Vegas’ past, the Neon Museum is quite a sight at night when the signs are all lit up.

Visitors will find over 200 signs here.  While some of the signs have been restored, many have not. 

Regardless, they are all cool to see! 

You have the option of taking a self-guided tour or an hour-long guided tour during your visit.

Stop by the Fremont Street Experience.

Another must-do on your Vegas itinerary is the Fremont Street Experience. 

Located in Downtown Las Vegas, Fremont Street is an experience like no other. 

The entire street is covered in a canopy that contains 12 million LED lights! 

This alone is unique as it is the largest audio-video light show in the world.

You can witness the 6-minute light show for yourself every hour. 

In addition to the cool show taking place over your head, this area of Las Vegas also boasts a zip line that allows visitors to soar over the crowd below! 

The zip line, known as ZipZilla is 7-stories high and two blocks long!

The Fremont Street Experience is truly like a big street party. There are always free concerts happening in the street, fun bars, and historic casinos.  

Fremont Street is the perfect place to end the second day of your Las Vegas getaway.

Day 3 Las Vegas Itinerary: Discover the Southwest Beyond Vegas

A day trip out of the city is a necessity during your long weekend in Las Vegas!

While it’s easy to forget when surrounded by the neon lights and casinos, Vegas is in a prime location to access some of the most incredible landscapes in the USA, from the Grand Canyon to the Hoover Dam.

Once you get away from the glittering lights of The Strip, you will find that Las Vegas is home to numerous outdoor activities, from hiking to horseback riding .

These day trips can be fun to self-drive, and if you’d like to go independently, we highly recommend renting a car for the day through Discover Cars (they’ll make sure you get the best deal).

If you’d rather not deal with transportation, though, don’t worry–guided tours are also easy to come by, and we’ll link some highly-rated options below.

Here are some of the absolute best day trips from Las Vegas to consider!

Valley of Fire State Park 

If you are a fan of the bright red sandstone that often dots desert terrain, then the Valley of Fire State Park is the perfect day trip for you. 

The Valley of Fire State Park is home to over 40,000 acres of this beautiful stone.

Not only that, but petroglyphs found here date back over 2,000 years!

The Civilian Conservation Corps (CCC) added Park amenities such as campgrounds, roads, and stone cabins in 1931. 

Named The Valley of Fire State Park in 1935, this was the state of Nevada’s first state park.

Today, you can visit the Visitor’s Center to learn more about the history of the park and see exhibits of historical artifacts before heading out on one of the fabulous hikes in the park. 

There are several trails to choose from for all ability levels. 

The Valley of Fire State Park is located about 55 miles outside of Las Vegas.

Getting to the park is easy as there is only one main road through the park, the Valley of Fire Scenic Byway. 

Just driving the Scenic Byway allows for some fabulous views!

Book your day trip to Valley of Fire State Park today!

The Hoover Dam

One of the most popular day trips from Vegas is a visit to the Hoover Dam . 

Built between 1931 and 1936, the Hoover Dam is an architectural marvel and is a National Historic Landmark. 

Located just 30 minutes from Vegas, a trip to the Hoover Dam is an easy day trip. 

During your visit here, you can take a guided tour to learn all about the workings of this historic site.

The dam towers over 700 feet above the Colorado River and houses 17 generators that produce over 4 billion kilowatts of electricity a year. 

If you want a great view of the dam, head to the Pat Tillman Memorial Bridge.

This popular day trip is a fabulous way to visit the Hoover Dam!

Grand Canyon-West Rim

Everyone should see the Grand Canyon at least once their life, I mean; it is one of the seven natural wonders of the world! 

Lucky for you, the West Rim of the Grand Canyon is accessible on a day trip from Las Vegas.  

Do take note though, the West Rim of the Grand Canyon is a 2.5-hour drive from Las Vegas, so this does make for a long day. 

If you are up for it, it makes for a very memorable day also.

Some companies even offer a helicopter tour , greatly cutting down on your travel time and creating an incredibly memorable experience (who could forget having lunch on the floor of the Grand Canyon?).

One of the top attractions at the West Rim is the Skywalk. 

The Skywalk will have you walking on glass more than 4,000 feet above the canyon below. 

If that didn’t get your adrenaline going, then soar 500 feet above the canyon on the zip line course!

Book your day trip to the Grand Canyon West Rim today!

Red Rock Canyon

Attracting millions of visitors a year, Red Rock Canyon is a popular outdoor recreation area near Las Vegas.

The canyon is over 195,000 acres and is Nevada’s first Conservation area.  

Hiking, horseback riding, geological features, rock climbing, and enjoying a 13-mile scenic loop drive are among the best things to do in Red Rock Canyon .

The red sandstone mixed with the beautiful gray limestone on the cliff-facing makes the canyon a gorgeous display. 

The geological features found at Red Rock Canyon display the unique quality of the Mojave Desert.  

With more than 25 hiking trails, you are sure to find one that meets your skill level. 

For the more adventurous souls, try your hand at rock climbing while visiting Red Rock Canyon. 

Red Rock Canyon boasts more than 1200 named rock-climbing routes ranging in ability levels.  

Book your day trip to Red Rock Canyon today!

Lake Mead National Recreation Area

Another easy day trip from Vegas is Lake Mead.  Lake Mead is located approximately 30 minutes outside of the city. 

While not as well known by tourists, Lake Mead is a fabulous retreat, especially during the warm weather months.  

This incredible recreational area spans over 1.5 million acres, crossing canyons, mountains, valleys, and two lakes. 

Visitors here can enjoy swimming, boating, fishing, and hiking during their time in the Lake Mead Recreation Area.  

The two lakes found here are Lake Mead and Lake Mohave, both of which are great lakes for recreational activities. 

Lake Mead has over 750 miles of shoreline, making it a great place to spend a day on the water. 

Since you only have 3 days in Las Vegas, I would recommend staying close to all of the action. 

For this to happen, you can choose between staying on The Strip and staying in the historic downtown area. 

Either of these choices makes a memorable base for your long weekend getaway, and each will allow you a fun and unique experience during your visit to Vegas.  

Here are a few popular, well-reviewed options!

The Flamingo Hotel on the Las Vegas Strip will put you right in the center of everything The Strip has to offer. 

This budget hotel has an excellent casino and the famous High Roller Observation Wheel nearby!

Check rates & book your stay at The Flamingo Hotel!

Looking for something outside the Strip?

The Golden Nugget is a popular mid-range hotel in Downtown Las Vegas.

On-site, you will find 10 restaurants, a great spa, and 2 pools. 

For a mid-range hotel on The Strip, consider staying at the MGM Grand . 

Not only does the MGM Grand have a great location, but it is also home to numerous attractions. 

Here you will find shows, concerts, Top Golf, and more!

Check rates & book your stay at The Golden Nugget or the MGM Grand !

Luxury 

Finding a luxury hotel on the Las Vegas Strip is easy as there are plenty to choose from! 

One of the best of these is the famous Bellagio Hotel . 

Imagine having a suite overlooking the fountain show every night! 

Other well-reviewed choices along the iconic Strip include Encore at Wynn Las Vegas , Nobu Hotel at Caesar’s Palace , and The Palazzo at the Venetian .

Check rates & book your stay at the Bellagio!

Finding a great meal in Las Vegas is easy. 

The food here ranges from hot dogs to Michelin Star restaurants, so it is easy to find whatever you are in the mood for. 

If you want a full tour of Las Vegas’ food culture and to enjoy offerings from its many celebrity chefs, this popular food tour is the perfect addition to your weekend and will make sure you sample a wide variety of what Vegas has to offer, while learning about the city’s unique culinary history along the way!

Book your Las Vegas food tour today!

Looking for some more restaurants to enjoy?

Here are a few popular additions to Las Vegas itineraries!

Hash House A Go Go

Hash House A Go Go is known for being one of the best deals on the Las Vegas Strip. 

Here guests are served up huge portions of famous hashes in hot iron skillets. 

These hash skillets include can include eggs, fried potatoes, meatloaf, vegetables, mozzarella, a biscuit, and more.

The gigantic meals here are almost guaranteed to soak up all of those cocktails you’ve had!

Giada at the Cromwell

The famed Food Network star, Giada opened her first restaurant right here on the Las Vegas Strip. 

Giada’s serves up delicious Italian food in a great atmosphere. 

Guests can try dishes such as lemon spaghetti, lobster ravioli, and vegetable Bolognese rigatoni.

Hell’s Kitchen at Caesar’s Palace

Most people are familiar with Hell’s Kitchen thanks to the popular television show featuring Gordon Ramsey. 

Located inside Caesar’s Palace, this restaurant is easily accessible and even offers the option of a prix fixe menu. 

Go for the baked macaroni and cheese during your visit!

It is relatively easy to get around during a Las Vegas weekend getaway. 

Like most big cities, Las Vegas offers taxi cabs, Uber, and Lyft rideshare. 

While The Strip is long, most people do tend to walk this area so that they don’t miss any of the iconic Las Vegas attractions found along it.  

If you don’t want to walk, you can take the monorail which will allow you to navigate the Las Vegas Strip in 15 minutes!

Another option is the Las Vegas Deuce bus.

The Deuce offers two routes that are specifically for the tourist areas of The Strip and downtown.

The Downtown Loop is a free shuttle that also includes an opportunity to stop at the Arts District.

I would not recommend renting a car during your time in Las Vegas unless you are renting it for one of the day trips noted above or you’re road-tripping to Vegas from San Diego , LA, Phoenix, or beyond–Las Vegas makes an excellent stop on a bigger southwest road trip !

Want to self-drive a day trip from Vegas? Check rates and book your rental car today!

While Vegas is undoubtedly a year-round destination, spring and fall are the ideal times to spend a few days in Las Vegas, especially if you want to enjoy Las Vegas without gambling (during the hot summer months, the casinos offer a reprieve from the heat).

The times between March to May and September to November bring moderate weather and some of the best travel deals. 

During this time, the temperatures are mild enough for you to enjoy being outside and can still enjoy the pool parties!

The winter months bring about colder temperatures and increased prices as Las Vegas is a very popular holiday destination. 

Don’t visit in the summer unless you don’t mind putting up with intense heat during your long weekend in Vegas!

Las Vegas is known to be over 100 degrees during the summer months!

[convertkit form=3386343]

3 thoughts on “3 Days in Las Vegas: The Perfect Weekend in Vegas Itinerary”

When booking a room in Las Vegas, beware of the resort fee scam. Not too long ago, I was looking at Vegas off season (winter) room prices, and I found some big print offers at $35 per night. Small print added a mandantory $15-25 per night “resort fee”. While a room at a nice hotel for $50 a night or so, is a remarkable bargain, if you are price shopping, be sure you got the total daily cost of the room (room rate+ resort fee+ any other fees, like parking, + taxes so that you know how much the room really costs after you cut through the scams.

Also keep this in mind. Like an ocean cruise ships, a Las Vegas hotel only exists to extort as much money as possible from your bank account, and they have amazing ways to do that. Example: the Bellagio Gallery Of Fine Art is a very, very small museum that displays the hotel’s owner’s collection of a handful of impressionist paintings– standard admission fee, $18. You get 2 rooms of art for $18 at Bellagio. At the Musée d’Orsay in Paris (the Louvre’s impressionist art collection), you get a whole big museum of impressionist art for 13-17 Euros. The National Gallery of Art & The Philips Gallery in Washington DC have lots of impressionist art with a $0 admission fee.

I want to visit Las Vegas soon. I’m looking for coupons and discounts.

Perfect for a girls trip. Yuk for a boy’s trip no doubt. My buddies and I (6 to 10) go once a year to Vegas. It’s a year long trip because we talk about all year. Are sons are invited but no wife’s or women. Used missed the whole point of a Las Vegas trip for us. It’s about feeling special and cutting up as a group. It’s about the gambling the wins the losses and the stories. Are itinerary is catch a early flight together, offer to buy drinks for everyone on the plane (it doesn’t take much alchohol to get a buzz at a high altitude) . We have people who remember us from flights past, what a blast. It’s not unusual for people from the plane to hang out with us in Vegas. We then catch a lucky shoe shine at the airport, ( this is an absolute). Next a limo ride to a fabulous casinio property where we get the VIP treatment checking into our shared adjoining suites. Talk about comeradere. Next is a early dinner then some gambling. Friday morning we wake up early and take a long walk on the strip before breakfast. We then go to the spa for a message, unbelievable. Friday night we go to a great dinner sparing no expense. Then we gamble again. There’s nothing better then a big gambling win, maybe try to bet a thousand bucks on a hard ten. A big win is Exclerating, it can’t be beat. We didn’t go to Vegas to punt. Saturday we call the ” greatest day of the year”. No doubt. We go to our booked sports bar table and watch college football and bet the games. Did I say it’s the greatest day of the year. Las Vegas is about feeling special and hanging out with your best buddies. What a blast . I feel sorry for those who only see Las Vegas for the junkets, don’t get me wrong I love them the Eiffel tower, volcano, fountains, shops and so on. For us Las Vegas is a feeling to get away from real life for a few day’s and just experience feeling special . Oh yeah, on the flight back reality sets in for some and the party atmosphere has dissipated. We don’t allow whining about losses and our comaradre prevails as we start talking about next years trip.

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

• The Perfect 5 Day Las Vegas Itinerary for Adventure Lovers

Looking for a 5 day Las Vegas itinerary that combines casinos with canyons and gambling with the great outdoors? You’re in the right place!

Brash, boisterous, and blingy: Las Vegas is the capital of gambling, partying, and hedonism. But there is so much more than the city beyond its glossy exterior.

Its location in the Mojave Desert of Nevada means that there are national parks, state parks, and natural wonders right on your doorstep. Plus, you’ve got an endless stream of thrilling attractions all over the Strip that will offer something for everyone.

This article is going to tell you exactly how to see the best of Vegas in 5 days with an emphasis on adventurous, offbeat, and fun activities.

Read on for the perfect 5 day Las Vegas itinerary for adventure lovers and all the essential info that you need to plan an unforgettable trip.

* Disclosure: This post contains a few affiliate links, which means I may receive a small commission, at no cost to you, if you make a purchase through my link. *

Table of Contents

Overview of Your Las Vegas Itinerary

Breakdown of your 5 days in vegas.

• Day 1: Arrive at your hotel & relax at the pool, The Venetian Las Vegas, Volcano show at The Mirage, Bellagio Fountain Show, Gambling or Night Clubbing (optional)
• Day 2: Bellagio Conservatory & Botanical Gardens, Eiffel Tower, Trevi Fountain & The Forum Shops at Ceasar, The Flamingo Wildlife Habitat, The Linq Promenade
• Day 3: Las Vegas Sign, Seven Magic Mountains, Luxor Hotel & Casino, Excalibur Hotel & Casino, Fun Dungeon (optional), New York New York, The Big Apple Coaster (optional), The Big Apple Arcade, Watch a show, Dinner
• Day 4: Breakfast at Mrs Coco, Lake Mead, Hoover Dam, The Neon Museum, The Mob Museum, Fremont Street, Dinner (optional food tour) 
• Day 5: Day trip to Valley of Fire State Park, Dinner

Map for your 5 day in Las Vegas

Below you can find a customized map that includes all the locations you’re going to visit on this Las Vegas itinerary.

I marked your 5 days in Las Vegas with different colors so you can easily see which places you’re going to visit each day.

How to use this map: This map is fully interactive, so you can move around, zoom in/zoom out, and click on the icons. If you want to see a larger map, click on the bracket in the upper right corner. To see more details and the different layers, click on the tab in the upper left corner. If you want to save it for later, click on the star icon next to the name of the map. Then simply open Google Maps either on your desktop or phone, go to ‘Saved’/’Maps’, and open the map whenever you need it.

Arrive at your hotel & relax at the pool

As the hotels in Las Vegas are spectacular, factor in some time to settle, soak up your surroundings and take a dip in the pool at your chosen resort. 

It’s going to be a busy couple of days so you’ll benefit from starting your 5 day Vegas trip with some rest and relaxation! If your chosen hotel doesn’t have a pool, feel free to spend more time at the next attractions on your Vegas itinerary.

The Venetian Las Vegas 

The Venetian Las Vegas is a 5-star resort that recreates the grandeur of Italy in the middle of the Mojave Desert. If you’re looking for an incredible luxury hotel in Vegas, The Venetian is a top contender. However, you can visit the complex as a tourist even if you stay elsewhere.

At the heart of the resort, you will find a replica of the Grand Canal, Rialto Bridge, St. Mark’s Campanile, and the Doge’s Palace. If you’ve toured all the Instagram spots in Venice then you’ll be astonished at how closely the scenery resembles the city.

Besides wandering around the area, taking photos, and popping into the shops, it’s worth hopping aboard one of the gondolas for a cruise along the water.

It costs $34 per person (Monday-Thursday) or $39 per person (Friday-Sunday) and there are internal and external routes. In case you’re also planning to visit the Madame Tussauds Museum, it’s worth checking this super saver combined ticket .

Once you work up an appetite, you can dine at one of the many restaurants located within The Venetian.

The signature restaurant, BRERA osteria, excels with woodfire pizza, handcrafted pasta, and seafood dishes. It’s the perfect place to indulge in the first dinner of your Las Vegas 5 day itinerary.

Alternatively, you can take your pick from American, Asian, Greek, French, and Latin restaurants.

Volcano show at The Mirage

Head across the road from The Venetian and you can watch the nightly show at The Volcano. This is a large water feature located in front of The Mirage which erupts every evening with lights, music, and fire.

Shows take place daily at hourly intervals between 7 pm-11 pm. It’s free to watch, which makes it one of the best things to do in Vegas besides gambling .

Bellagio Fountain Show

Next on your list of free things to do in Vegas, head down to the road to catch your second show of the night. The Bellagio Fountain is a complex network of water features that fronts The Bellagio Hotel & Casino .

The choreographed show takes place Monday through Friday every 30 minutes from 3 pm-7 pm and every 15 minutes from 7 pm-12 am. 

On weekends and public holidays, it takes place every 30 minutes from 12 pm-7 pm and every 15 minutes from 7 pm-12 am.

When seeing the best of Vegas in 5 days, you even have the option to watch the fountains more than once. Each show is unique so if you’re passing by later in your trip, it’s worth stopping by.

You can walk down the Strip to The Bellagio in 10-15 minutes. Hail a Uber or Lyft or hop on the Deuce if it’s too hot.

Gambling or Night Clubbing

While in Vegas you might want to experience Sin City by night.

With few exceptions, all of the resorts are equipped with their own on-site casino as well as a nightclub or two.

The Strip and DTLV are flooded with beautiful cocktail bars if you are seeking something more laid-back during your 5 day trip to Las Vegas.

Specific casinos, such as The Venetian , provide complimentary or paid coaching which is recommended if you’re apprehensive about gambling.

You can choose whether to play on the slot machines or join a table and play poker, blackjack, roulette, and so forth. Table minimums generally start at $10 on weekday evenings but will increase over weekends.

Night clubs in Vegas are a pricey affair with admission charges and inflated drink prices with gratuities expected on top, so make sure that you budget accordingly before heading out for the evening.

However, the atmosphere is phenomenal, and spending at least one night out in the town is a must for party lovers!

Omnia at Caesars Palace and Hakkasan at the MGM Grand are two of the largest scale clubs with world-class DJs and great party energy that lasts until the early hours.

Alternatively, you can go for cocktails in one of the swanky lounges that line the Strip, such as Skybar , ALIBI , or Vesper .

Bellagio Conservatory & Botanical Gardens

If you wake up with a sore head after last night, the Bellagio Conservatory & Botanical Gardens is the perfect place to recover your senses!

This gorgeous indoor garden marks the entrance to the hotel and is brimming with all kinds of flowers, plants, trees, and shrubs. Further embellishments reflect the current season or any holidays – it’s particularly special over Thanksgiving or Christmas.

You can visit the botanical gardens for free and take photos to your heart’s content before the crowds arrive later in the morning.

Eiffel Tower

Located within the Paris Las Vegas hotel complex, the Eiffel Tower Las Vegas is a half-scale replica of the Parisian landmark that looms 46 stories above the Strip and the Bellagio Fountain.

You will find the best views of the Eiffel Tower from in front of the Arc de Triomphe (another of the city’s European replicas!) or from behind the Bellagio Fountain.

Visiting the Eiffel Tower from the base is one of the best free things to do in Las Vegas in 5 days. But if you want to get an eyeful of the city from above, you can also choose to visit the Eiffel Tower Observation Deck.

The platform is open from Thursday to Monday, 3 pm-10 pm, and you can reserve tickets online . If you want to visit the deck then you might need to rejig this itinerary as it opens later in the day. There is also a restaurant up there which you might want to consider eating at.

Trevi Fountain & The Forum Shops at Ceasar 

While you’re perusing European-themed attractions, you can swing by the Trevi Fountain. It’s a little smaller than the original fountain but the architectural design is almost a direct replica of the Rome landmark, making this one of the best Instagram spots in Las Vegas . 

If you want to do some shopping while you’re in the city then the Trevi Fountain is the gateway to one of the best malls in Las Vegas if you want to scoop designer labels.

The Forum Shops at Caesar is modeled on Ancient Rome with marble columns, water features, frescoes, and other palatial touches. There is also an excellent array of restaurants which is handy for grabbing today’s lunch.

The Trevi Fountain is a 10-minute walk north up the Strip from the Eiffel Tower.

The Flamingo Wildlife Habitat

Take a change of scene at the Flamingo Wildlife Habitat at the Flamingo Hotel & Casino .

The habitat comprises four acres of land where Chilean Flamingos roam alongside Brown Pelicans and other exotic birds. Besides fragrant flowers and trees, the space is decorated with pools with koi fish – it’s a great spot to revitalize and experience nature during your 5 days in Las Vegas.

It’s free to visit the Flamingo Wildlife Habitat and the garden is located directly across the street from the Forum Shops at Caesar.

The Linq Promenade 

The Flamingo Wildlife Habitat backs onto another of Sin City’s best shopping districts. The Linq Promenade is a bustling hub of shops, places to eat, and entertainment options.

If you follow this 5 day Las Vegas itinerary then you can visit around dusk and witness it transform into the evening before grabbing dinner and drinks in the district.

Besides general sightseeing, photo opportunities, and shopping, the Linq Promenade is where you will find the High Roller and FLY LINQ Zipline.

The High Roller is a 550 feet (168 meters) tall Ferris wheel that takes around 30 minutes to complete a lap. Glass observation domes provide incredible views across the Strip, desert, and surrounding mountain ranges.

You can enjoy this experience at whatever time of day, just coincide it with your preference for daylight, sunset, or after dark when the city is fully illuminated. 

Meanwhile, the FLY LINQ Zipline is a ride that travels at a maximum speed of 35 mph (56 kph) over the streets of Sin City. It’s a great rush if you like theme park rides!

You can purchase tickets online in advance for the High Roller and FLY LINQ Zipline . The zipline drops you off right outside the High Roller so if you decide to do both you might want to schedule the Ferris wheel for after the zipline.

Las Vegas Sign

Proudly welcoming visitors to Sin City since 1959, getting a close look at the “Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas” sign is a must on every Las Vegas itinerary!

It’s located at the southern end of the Strip and you might pass it as you drive into the city or leave the airport. If not, definitely factor in a visit.

I recommend that you visit as early as possible on the morning of your 5 days in Vegas itinerary as there is always a swarm of people waiting in line to get a photo with it.

Seven Magic Mountains

Once you’ve got your photo of the “Welcome to Fabulous Las Vegas” sign you can hit the road and continue south.

Seven Magic Mountains is an art installation positioned in the wild desert landscape around a 30-minute drive south of Las Vegas. It was designed by the Swiss artist Ugo Rondinone and features seven stacks of vibrantly painted rocks.

The Seven Magic Mountains are free to visit and you’re best seeing them on a bright, clear day. As with the sign, the spot gets busy so plan to visit as early in the morning as you can bear.

Luxor Hotel & Casino

The Luxor Hotel & Casino is one of the coolest themed resorts in Vegas that is worth visiting to see for yourself.

As you will gather, the theme of the architecture is Ancient Egypt with the pyramid-shaped complex being decorated with giant sphinxes and obelisks. As with the previous hotels on this Las Vegas 5 day itinerary, you can visit the resort for free and take photos.

Once you’re finished, you have the option to visit one of the two following exhibitions that are located on the grounds of the Luxor Hotel & Casino.

Titanic The Art Exhibition is an immersive showcase of over 250 artifacts that were salvaged from the 1912 shipwreck. These items are presented in replicas of the ship’s Grand Staircase and passenger cabins as well as a large fragment of the ocean liner’s original hull. 

Not for the faint-hearted, Bodies The Exhibition showcases 13 whole-body human specimens and around 260 organs that have been meticulously dissected. Conceived to provide an in-depth look into our anatomy, the exhibition is a celebration of the human body and is respectfully exhibited. 

General admission to each of the exhibitions is priced from $32 per adult. If you want to see both exhibitions then you can save money with the combo ticket – available for $42. As the museums are located a short walk from each other, it makes sense to visit them in succession.

Excalibur Hotel & Casino

Continuing a theme on the third day of your 5 day trip to Las Vegas, the Excalibur Hotel & Casino is your next sight.

Modeled on a medieval castle, the white fortress is topped with blue, red, and golden turrets and surrounded by a moat. This is easily one of the kookiest photo opportunities in Vegas and is a delight for big kids and children alike!

You will score some of the best views as you cross the pedestrian bridge from the Luxor Hotel. Once on the grounds, spend a little time taking pictures and then choose if you want to visit the Fun Dungeon .

That’s the arcade room at the hotel with all the classic video and target games where you can shoot, race, and play to your heart’s content. 

The Fun Dungeon is kid-friendly in case you’re traveling as a family.

New York-New York

Leaping out of Europe, the New York-New York Hotel & Casino whisks you away to the Big Apple with replicas of the Statue of Liberty, the Brooklyn Bridge, the Empire State Building, and the Manhattan skyline. There are lots of places to eat and drink with a New York theme.

As the world’s first roller coaster to feature a 180-degree “heartline” twist, the Big Apple Coaster of New York-New York is a thrilling addition to your 5 days in Vegas.

The ride is open Monday to Thursday, 1 pm-8 pm, and Friday to Sunday, 11 am-12 am. It costs $19 per person until 6 pm and $23 per person afterward. If you want to go again, re-rides only cost $10.

If you don’t fancy the roller coaster, you can head to the Big Apple Arcade . This is similar to the Fun Dungeon and is family-friendly with an emphasis on arcade games rather than gambling. It opens daily, 1 pm–8 pm, so you will need to schedule your afternoon accordingly. 

Watch a show 

In addition to the nightclubs and casinos, Las Vegas is renowned for its spectacular shows, concerts, and large-scale events that take place every night. Catching a show of some kind is one of the highlights of this 5 day Las Vegas itinerary.

With performances ranging from live music to circus specials, magic shows, comedy clubs, and burlesque nights, there are a lot of choices and so it’s over to you to do your research and choose the right thing for your party. 

Once you have your travel dates set you can browse the Las Vegas event schedule and book a ticket to a show of your choice. Most of the larger resorts on the Strip are fitted with an event venue where the performances take place.

Shows usually start at 7 pm which means you might want to grab a light snack at New York-New York and then have a proper dinner afterward.

After the show, you could choose to eat dinner at the resort where you watch the performance.

Bear in mind that the local restaurants might get busy as the guests leave the venue, so consider booking in advance if you’ve got your heart set on somewhere specific.

Breakfast at Mrs Coco

You will go on a road trip out of the city today and the first stop for your agenda is a hearty breakfast!

Mrs Coco is located in the city of Henderson on the shores of the Las Vegas Wash, a 30-minute drive southeast out of Vegas. It only opened in 2020 and was inspired by the Instagram aesthetic, with just as many photo opportunities and props as there are items on the menu.

The whole place is embellished with flowers, trinkets, and chandeliers. The quality of the food and drink is outstanding and tastes just as good as it looks, in case you are worried!

As there is a lot to squeeze into the fourth day of your 5 days in Vegas, you would be wise to reserve your table. Mrs Coco opens daily at 9 am – book your place to coincide with the opening time. This way you’ll get the best photo potential as well.

Lake Mead 

Leaving Mrs Coco, you will continue eastwards towards Hoover Dam. Along the way, you can pull over to take in viewpoints of the beautiful Lake Mead, a massive reservoir that was formed as a result of the dam.

Follow Lakeshore Road and be ready to pull over at the various laybys and overlooks that dot the western banks of the lake.

The Sunset View Scenic Overlook is stunning and only requires a 0.5 mile (0.8 km) hike from the parking lot. Further south, Hatchery Saddle Point is another excellent stopping place before you reach Boulder Beach.

Boulder Beach has a campground, restroom facilities, and picnic areas. You can also take a dip in the bright blue lake if you feel like it!

Overall, it takes around 40 minutes to drive directly from Mrs Coco to Hoover Dam. But you will need to factor in the time for the additional stops to check out the views and take photos.

Hoover Dam 

Visiting the mighty Hoover Dam means that in addition to seeing the best of Vegas in 5 days, you get a peek into the neighboring state of Arizona. 

The giant dam was erected during the Great Depression in order to tame the Colorado River and provide a source of irrigation water. It was dedicated on 30 September 1935 by President Franklin D. Roosevelt.

Depending on your personal preferences, you can elect to view the Hoover Dam from outside (for free) or cough up the admission fee and visit the interior. The views from the Mike O’Callaghan–Pat Tillman Memorial Bridge are outstanding as they give you the perspective of the wider landscape.

If you are big on your history, the exhibition at the visitor’s center is well worth seeing and I would also encourage you to take a guided tour. This was you’ll truly understand the significance that the dam had on the local communities of the Southwest.

Self-guided tours of the interior cost $10 per person and include access to the Observation Deck.

Meanwhile, a guided tour costs $30 per person and grants admission to the historic tour tunnels as well as the original elevator that takes you to the top of the Hoover Dam. Tickets are available on-site only and are first-come, first-served. 

Hoover Dam is open to the public daily, 5 am-9 pm while tours are in operation 9 am-5 pm.

The Neon Museum

After you’ve seen Lake Mead and Hoover Dam, you can drive back to Las Vegas.

There are several museums in Las Vegas but the Neon Museum is one of the ones that you shouldn’t miss from your Las Vegas 5 day itinerary.

The museum is dedicated to the collection, preservation, studying of, and exhibition of iconic Las Vegas signs. There are no less than 250 restored vintage neon signs and Vegas ephemera that stand in testament to how Vegas has transformed over the years but never paused as the country’s definitive party and entertainment destination.

You can purchase a general admission ticket and explore the collection as you like. Consider booking a guided tour if you want to learn more details about the history of Vegas. General admission is $20 per person and guided tours are $28 per person.

The Neon Museum is open daily, 2 pm-10 pm.

The Mob Museum

A second museum to add to your 5 day Vegas trip is the Mob Museum. This institute invites you to learn the truth behind the gangsters that have ties with Vegas, such as Al Capone, Lucky Luciano, John Gotti, J. Edgar Hoover, and Bugsy Siegel.

All exhibits at the museum are immersive with a mix of relics and digital experiences. You’ll see the likes of the Wall of Infamy, the Nevada gas chamber chair, and the “Underground ” – an immersive Prohibition exhibit space equipped with a working distillery and speakeasy.

There are real FBI surveillance tapes to listen to and you can even take part in a round of FBI weapons training and see the courtroom from the Kefauver Hearings.

The Mob Museum is popular so I advise booking an admission ticket in advance . It’s open daily, 9 am-9 pm.

The museum is a 15-minute walk from the Neon Museum.

Fremont Street

Fremont Street is the second most famous street in Vegas after The Strip and is a must for your 5 day Las Vegas itinerary.

It comprises 4 blocks made up of casinos, shops, bars, restaurants, and entertainment venues. It’s all open-air with tonnes of street performances and bright lights including a giant LED canopy.

It depends on you how you choose to spend your time. It’s fun to take a wander around the area at dusk and the early evening to see the neighborhood light up for the night but you can stay here until late if you fancy hitting a couple of bars or casinos.

There is a variety of places to eat or you can book yourself a spot on the Downtown Vegas Sightseeing and Foodie Tour . Your knowledgeable local guide will guide you to a selection of the top eateries where you can sample the goods – and return later to your favorite if you’re hungry for more. 

Day trip to the Valley of Fire State Park

For the final day, escape the city with an adventurous day trip to the Valley of Fire State Park.

Located just under an hour’s drive east of the city, the Valley of Fire State Park features Aztec sandstone, slot canyons, and rock formations of vibrant shades of red, orange, yellow, and pink.

Although there is a huge selection of day trips from Las Vegas , the Valley of Fire is the best all-rounder as it doesn’t require too long a drive, the scenery is phenomenal, and the hikes are not challenging.

There are several photo spots and hiking trails in the Valley of Fire and you will need to plan your route out in advance to make the most of your day out.

Consult my guide to the best things to do in the Valley of Fire in one day which summarizes the highlights of the state park. My guide to the best Valley of Fire photo spots is essential reading for photographers, bloggers, and content creators.

If you decide to tackle any hikes then I also urge you to read my round-up of the best easy hikes in the Valley of Fire State Park . This guide is also packed with tips to help you prepare for your adventures.

The Valley of Fire State Park is best visited independently with your own vehicle. You will need to pay a fee of $10 per vehicle ($15 for non-Nevada vehicles) in order to access the park.

However, if you do not drive or have access to a private car, you can join a tour. This small-group Valley of Fire Tour includes all travel to and from Las Vegas, around the park, and your admission fee. 

Once you get back to Sin City, you can round off your 5 days in Las Vegas with a final dinner on or around the Strip. In case you need some inspiration, here are a couple of restaurants.

• Bacchanal Buffet : If you’re not sure what you feel like after your road trip, Bacchanal presents an assortment of around 500 food items ranging from seafood, meat, and vegetarian across a wide selection of countries. 
• Sugarcane Raw Bar Grill : Perfect if you want something lighter, the menu focuses on raw plates and tonnes of salad options. The craft cocktails wash it all down nicely!
• Honey Salt : This beautiful restaurant is actually located west of the Strip but is great if you fancy a change of scene for your final night. The venue specializes in farm-to-table dining with locally sourced produce that is artistically presented. Honey Salt closes at 9 pm.

Useful Info for Spending 5 Days in Las Vegas

Where to stay in las vegas.

The best place to stay in Las Vegas is the Strip which runs from north to south Las Vegas. This is where all the attractions and amenities are located as well as the best hotels and resorts in Vegas. 

If you are spending 5 days in Vegas on a budget then you can find cheaper accommodation in DTLV or beyond the Strip. However, you will need to factor in extra time for seeing the Strip. 

LUXURY (Gambling) – The Venetian Resort Las Vegas

MID-RANGE – Aria Resort & Casino

BUDGET – SAHARA Las Vegas

How to get to Las Vegas

Las Vegas is served by the Harry Reid International Airport (LAS) – previously the McCarran International Airport. The airport is situated centrally in Paradise at the south end of the Strip. 

You can connect to Las Vegas airport from the majority of cities in the United States. Direct flights are available from certain international destinations such as the United Kingdom, Germany, the Netherlands, Canada, and Mexico. Often it works out cheaper to transfer via an alternative United States airport. 

A number of the hotels in the Strip and Downtown Las Vegas (DTLV) offer a shuttle service. If that is not the case, you can hail an Uber or Lyft from the airport to save money. 

Alternatively, you can book a private arrival transfer or if you want to arrive in Vegas in style, you can even opt for a private luxury limousine service !

If your 5 days in Vegas itinerary is part of a wider road trip then you can drive to the city from Los Angeles or Phoenix in around 5 hours. 

Best time to visit Las Vegas

Las Vegas is located in the middle of the Nevada desert which means the city benefits from a hot climate year-round with plenty of sunshine. 

Officially, the best time to visit Las Vegas is between March and May and from September to November.

Bear in mind that spring break in the United States usually takes place in March/April, around Easter. If you’d prefer to avoid getting swept away in busy crowds and lots of partying, you’ll want to avoid traveling to Vegas during those two weeks.

June, July, and August are the hottest months with temperatures hitting above 100°F (40°C). This might limit the comfort of experiencing Las Vegas in 5 days although on the plus side, resorts will be quieter and you will find deals on accommodation and tours.

How to get around Las Vegas

Las Vegas is a city that is designed for cars and has a limited public transport service in place. Parts of the city are walkable but the heat coupled with long distances means that you will not want to get around on foot for the most part.

The main bus service that you should acquaint yourself with during your 5 day Vegas trip is called the Deuce. This operates round the clock and shuttles up and down the entire length of the Strip.

Tickets cost $6 for a 2-hour pass, $8 for a 24-hour pass, or $20 for a 3-day pass. There are a lot of stops all along the Strip that drop you close to the major resorts and attractions. Check out the route map online .

Uber and Lyft operate in the city and it is worth downloading both apps. Drivers are only allowed to use the designated pick-up and drop-off areas in Vegas so make sure you check your closest option before hailing a ride.

If you have a rental then you might have to pay for parking at your hotel, it will depend on the resort you book so check the terms before you book.

Parking spots around the Strip are expensive and limited. Therefore, when getting around the Strip and DTLV, you will want to strike a balance between walking, driving, using the Deuce, and hailing rideshares.

Planning a trip to Nevada?

Then you might want to take a look at all our other travel guides about Nevada. I promise, they are just as awesome as this article was!

• 35 Fun Things to Do in Vegas Besides Gambling
• Top 12 Best Las Vegas Instagram Spots for Epic Photos
• 21 Best Las Vegas Hotels with Strip Views
• 18 Best Day Trips from Las Vegas You Can’t Miss
• 114 Amazing Las Vegas Captions for Instagram
• A Slice of Italy in Las Vegas: The Venetian Las Vegas Hotel Review
• Best Gamble Free Hotel in Vegas: Four Seasons Las Vegas Hotel Review

Valley of Fire State Park:

• 17 Best Things to Do in Valley of Fire in One Day
• 15 Best Valley of Fire Photography Spots You Can’t Miss
• 8 Easy Valley of Fire Hikes You Can’t Miss

Read about more US States: California | Illinois | Massachusetts | Maine | New Hampshire | New York | Vermont

Pin It for Later!

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

The Ultimate 2-Day Las Vegas Itinerary

From the bright lights of the Las Vegas Strip to the jaw-dropping views of the Grand Canyon, there’s plenty to pack into the ultimate 2-day Las Vegas itinerary!

Looking for a little decadence in your life? Head to downtown Vegas, Nevada’s Sin City, and soak up the lights, noise and excitement of this vibrant city. Often described as a glittering oasis in the desert, Las Vegas is the town for spontaneous decision-making.

It’s where fortunes are lost with the roll of a dice, and the stars of the entertainment world keep visitors dancing until dawn. Vegas is a city designed to satisfy your desires and keep you entertained, and even if you’re not a fan of the casinos, there are plenty of other things to do in Las Vegas besides gambling.

Planning a trip to Vegas can be a tricky business. How do you choose what to pack into a 2-day Las Vegas itinerary? Luckily, I’m here to help, with a whole load of great suggestions for things to do in Las Vegas. From chilling out at the Bellagio fountains to quad biking through Death Valley, I’ve got you covered. Here’s how to plan your 2-day Las Vegas itinerary!

Amazing Things to Do In Las Vegas

1. enjoy the view from the high roller observation wheel.

If you’re planning a 2-day Las Vegas itinerary, one of the best ways to start is with a ride on the epic observation wheel known as the High Roller . At a whopping 550 feet tall, the High Roller is the biggest observation wheel in the world, and is perfectly located at the heart of the Las Vegas LINQ, surrounded by shops, bars and restaurants.

Tickets include a spot in an air-conditioned compartment with unbeatable views over the Las Vegas Strip. Each revolution takes around 30 minutes, and you’ll enjoy an entertaining audio guide with plenty of fun facts about the city and its colourful history. I’d recommend booking in advance via this link which gives you exclusive ‘skip the line’ access! It’s one of the most popular things to do in Vegas, so you won’t want to stand around!

2. Visit The Grand Canyon

If you’re planning a 2-day Las Vegas itinerary, you might want to spend one day visiting the Grand Canyon. The Colorado River cuts through the Arizona desert landscape like a knife, carving out an epic canyon with walls over a mile deep.

The national park offers plenty of safe hiking trails, including the popular South Rim Trail, where keen walkers can stretch their legs in some of Arizona’s finest scenery. Without doubt, the Grand Canyon is a bucket-list destination, and one of the best ways to experience it is to admire the view from the Grand Canyon Skywalk, a glass walkway that takes you high above the canyon floor, providing a dizzying vista over this natural wonder.

I’d recommend taking a look at this popular tour which includes a stop at the Hoover Dam, as well as breakfast and lunch – a must during any trip to Las Vegas!

You can also click here to see more  Grand Canyon Tours . 

For other great things to do in this region, don’t miss my guide to the best things to do in Page, Arizona .

3. Have A Flutter In A Casino

You don’t need to gamble to have a great time in Las Vegas, but stepping inside the city’s legendary casinos is a pretty cool experience!

I’d always recommend setting a budget for what you’re prepared to lose, just in case you get carried away, but you really don’t need to spend much to enjoy the buzzing atmosphere of the slot machines. Visit one of the iconic venues such as Caesar’s Palace or enjoy the Fremont Street experience, then head out and blow your winnings on a shopping spree at the Forum Shops!

4. Admire The Bellagio Fountains

The Bellagio Hotel is a Las Vegas landmark, known best for the elaborate water fountains that grace the front of the resort. There are over a thousand fountains which shoot water up more than 450 feet into the air at regular intervals throughout the day. It’s quite the spectacle!

Visit after dark for the most magical displays, and enjoy the accompanying sound and light shows before you head off for an evening’s entertainment. This is one of the most romantic things to do in Las Vegas for couples, and even better, it won’t cost you a cent!

5. Head To Death Valley

Despite its somewhat ominous name, Death Valley is one of the most impressive places for a day trip outside of Las Vegas. It’s one of the hottest places on earth, with unique geology, flora and fauna. It also includes Badwater Basin, the lowest point in the United States.

This is a great spot for movie fans to visit, as Death Valley was used extensively for the filming of Star Wars: A New Hope . The eerie rocks and stark landscape certainly makes it look like it’s come straight out of a fantasy movie!

6. Try Go-Karting

If the thrills of the casino aren’t quite enough for you, this awesome Las Vegas Go-Karting experience will take your trip to the next level. You’ll have the chance to speed your way around a 2,100-foot racetrack designed to test even the most experienced race-drivers, all while driving your very own gas-powered kart.

With hairpin bends, double apex corners and plenty of space for fast acceleration, this track is not for the faint hearted, and is sure to get the adrenaline pumping!

7. Climb the Eiffel Tower

Enjoy a little taste of France as you head 46 stories up to the observation deck of the Eiffel Tower at Paris Las Vegas . Modelled on the French original, the Las Vegas Eiffel Tower might be half the size of its Parisian counterpart, but the views are worth the trip!

This iconic piece of the Las Vegas skyline offers unique panoramic views over the city, the Bellagio fountains and the Las Vegas Strip. You’ll ride to the top in a super-fast glass elevator, which is an experience in itself!

At night, the tower is illuminated with thousands of twinkling lights, making this one of the most romantic things to do in Las Vegas for couples. This is another Vegas attraction I’d recommend booking in advance. You’ll get to skip the box office line with this ticket – definitely worth it!

8. Take A Hike In Red Rock Canyon

Just 17 miles from the Las Vegas strip, Red Rock Canyon Conservation Area is a fantastic place to visit if you’re looking for a little respite from the bright lights of Sin City. There are miles of hiking trails, as well as areas for scenic drives, hot air balloon rides, mountain biking, horseback riding and rock climbing.

The spectacular desert landscape offers magnificent views at every turn, and the eponymous glowing red rocks mean that you’ll have plenty of photo opportunities and Instagram snaps! Come for a breath of fresh air, and learn more about the rare and delicate wildlife in this desert ecosystem.

9. See The Sharks At Mandalay Bay

One of the best things to do in Las Vegas besides gambling is to take a trip to the aquarium! The Shark Reef Aquarium in Mandalay Bay is a feast for the senses, especially after a few days spent in Arizona’s dry, dusty desert landscapes. Here, you’ll head underwater to a marine world populated by sharks, rays, horseshoe crabs and countless other underwater creatures, some of which you can get really close to in the specially-designed touch pools.

You’ll see an underwater temple populated with sharks and a 1.3 million gallon shipwreck with 360-degree views. This is one of the most unusual and unique things to do in Las Vegas, so be sure to book your entrance tickets in advance .

10. Take A Helicopter Ride Over The Las Vegas Strip

The dazzling lights of Las Vegas are best seen from above, and if you’re looking for something extra special for your 2-day Las Vegas itinerary, why not take to the skies on this awesome helicopter tour ?

Over the course of this thrilling 15-minute ride you’ll enjoy the best view of the Las Vegas Strip, the Bellagio fountains, the glittering Luxor pyramid, and the Stratosphere Tower.

What’s more, you’ll be driven to the helipad from your hotel in your very own limo, making this one of the best things to do in Las Vegas for couples or if you’re visiting for a special occasion! Top off the experience with a slap-up dinner and finish your Las Vegas trip in style. I’d recommend booking via this link , which offers a discounted rate.

Where To Stay In Las Vegas

Linq hotel and casino.

Looking for the ultimate Las Vegas experience? Stay at the LINQ Hotel and Casino where you can live out your wildest Vegas dreams! You’ll be seconds away from the excitement and lights of the Las Vegas Strip, but this luxury hotel also offers a place to indulge in class and comfort.

The rooms are luxuriously decorated with bright furnishings, there’s a spa, an outdoor pool, and plenty of top restaurants and bars to choose from. What’s more, you’ll be just a stone’s throw from the impressive High Roller Ferris wheel, and many of the other attractions that Vegas is so famous for.

Check availability and latest prices at LINQ Hotel here

Best known for its starring role in the movie Ocean’s Eleven , the Bellagio is the queen of Las Vegas hotels. This beautiful, Italian-inspired hotel really does live up to the hype, with an impressive art collection, stunning gardens, and a whole host of designer boutiques.

The rooms are everything you would expect from a Vegas luxury hotel, with gleaming bathrooms, huge beds and sumptuous furnishings. Some even come with their own private elevators and whirlpools! This gorgeous hotel is one of the best places to stay in Las Vegas.

Check availability and latest prices at the Bellagio here

Artisan Boutique Hotel

If you’re looking for something equally as luxurious but a little less flashy, why not book a stay at the Artisan Boutique Hotel. Just minutes from the Las Vegas Strip, this quirky hotel has its own unique style, with trendy décor and an art-themed vibe.

Each room is decked out with copies of famous artworks, and the interiors are a chaotic blend of different aesthetic styles. Every corner of this wonderful hotel contains something unexpected and unusual, and there are plenty of options for weekend parties and live entertainment.

Check availability and latest prices at the Artisan Boutique Hotel here

I hope this post has given you plenty of ideas for your 2-day Las Vegas itinerary. There’s so much to pack into a short trip to the Sin City, and it’s impossible to see it all in one go – you might just have to start planning your return trip!

Enjoyed this post? Pin it for later…

Chloe Gunning

With a passion for food, fun and adventure, Chloe is the content creator behind one of the UK's top travel blogs Wanderlust Chloe. From volcano boarding in Nicaragua, to sailing around Sicily and eating her way around Japan, her travels have taken her to some of the coolest spots on the planet. Named Travel Influencer of the Year in 2022, Chloe regularly works with a number of tourism boards, producing inspirational travel content across multiple platforms. Find out more about Chloe here.

Leave a comment Cancel reply

• Skip to primary navigation
• Skip to main content
• Skip to primary sidebar

Pages of Travel

Travel Blog

• WORK WITH US
• DESTINATIONS
• THE BEST TRAVEL GEAR
• PACKING FOR YOUR TRIP
• PHOTOGRAPHY TIPS
• search Search

A Complete Las Vegas Itinerary Perfect for Couples or A Girls Trip to Vegas

Created On: December 2, 2020   |   Updated: September 23, 2022   |   Leave a comment

Disclaimer: This post contains affiliate links from which we may make commission from. As always, we only recommend places and products we love! In addition, we try our best to keep our articles up-to-date with current prices, locations, and hours of operation however we always recommend double-checking when planning a trip as these items can change frequently.

A Complete Las Vegas Itinerary Perfect for A Couples or Girls Trip to Vegas

I’ll be honest, visiting Las Vegas was never high on my travel bucket list. I don’t really know why. I think I just always assumed it was overhyped and expensive. But after visiting I realized that while a trip to Las Vegas is sure to do some damage to your wallet, it is definitely a place I’m glad I experienced and it’s now somewhere I’m now aching to visit again and again!

On my first trip to Las Vegas, I went on a different kind of trip than most people picture when they plan to visit Vegas… with my parents! My dad was going there for a business trip so my mom and I decided to go with him to have a quality girls trip to Vegas! It’s not often that it’s just us so it was nice to be able to enjoy this trip together.

In saying that, my mom and I spent some of our time visiting some of the typical tourist things to do in Vegas as well as some unique things to do in Vegas too! Since this was our first time visiting Las Vegas we spent a lot of time on the main strip but did do a day trip to the Grand Canyon and visited a few places off Las Vegas Boulevard!

On my next trip to Las Vegas, I went with Logan so I was able to enjoy Vegas from another perspective, this time as a couples trip to Vegas! Here are some of my favorite things to do in Las Vegas besides gambling plus a few other Las Vegas travel tips! 😉 

One last thing before we get started, while these ideas are catered towards a girls trip to Vegas or a couples trip to Vegas, anyone could enjoy this Las Vegas itinerary!

When is the Best Time to Visit & Plan A Las Vegas Itinerary?

The first time I visited Las Vegas was in February and although it is technically wintertime in the United States, Las Vegas usually has average temperatures of 66 F (high) to 33 F (low). So decently mild during the day. However, when we visited we did not experience those nice, cool temperatures. It was downright FREEZING. Thus, I was slightly underprepared because the cool front that took place was record-breaking and wasn’t accurately predicted.

In fact, the day we were supposed to fly out of Las Vegas our flight was canceled due to ice storms and we couldn’t get another flight until 2-3 days later! Thus, we ended up getting to spend quite a bit of extra time in Vegas.

Anyway, now that you’ve read this saga you probably won’t believe me when I say that the winter is a great time to visit Vegas! It’s less crowded, the weather is USUALLY cool during the day and chilly during the evenings but much better than other areas of the U.S. during that time. However, others typically say that the best time to visit Las Vegas is March to May or September to November due to the mild temperatures. 

On my next trip to Las Vegas with Logan, we visited in mid-September. The weather was still very hot then but it’s a different kind of hot than where we live in Florida (bye-bye, humidity!) so it felt really lovely in the mornings and evenings. So if you want to enjoy the pool still and have fewer crowds, I’d recommend visiting Las Vegas in September.

How to Get Around Las Vegas

Las Vegas Monorail

If you’re staying on the strip then using the Las Vegas Monorail is a great way to get to a few different places in Las Vegas. It operates on the east side of the strip and trains arrive every 4-8 minutes.

Although it costs money to ride the monorail it’s pretty affordable and you can buy unlimited ride day passes to save money. I recommend downloading the Las Vegas Monorail app so you can use the mobile ticket feature. It saves paper and you don’t have to keep track of your ticket.

The monorail runs to seven different stations on Las Vegas Boulevard making it a convenient way to travel from place to place.

Monorail Stops

• SAHARA Las Vegas Station
• Westgate Station
• Convention Center Station
• Harrah’s & The LINQ Station
• Flamingo & Caesars Palace Station
• Bally’s & Paris Station
• MGM Grand Station

Monorail Ticket Pricing

Free Trams in Las Vegas

While the Las Vegas Monorail costs money to ride there are three free trams that operate between Mandalay Bay and Treasure Island. These trams are independently operated by the casinos they serve and typically run every five minutes or so. We used these trams a lot while hopping in between hotels.

• Hours of Operation: Sunday-Wednesday from 9am-12:30am and Thursday-Saturday 9am-2:30am.
• Hours of Operation: daily from 8am-4am.
• Hours of Operation: Monday-Thursday 9am-1am and Friday & Saturday 9am-3am.

Las Vegas Shuttle

Another way to get around Las Vegas is by using the free shuttle service that has a number of different stops. 

Las Vegas Shuttle Stops

• Sam’s Town Shuttle: Picks up at Harrah’s Las Vegas daily from 9:30am to 9:10pm.
• Orleans/Gold Coast Shuttle: Picks up at the High Roller every 30-45 minutes from 9am to 12:30am.
• M Resort Spa & Casino: Picks up daily at the Tropicana at 12:30pm, 2:30pm, 6:30pm, 10:30pm and 11:30pm.
• Orleans/Gold Coast Shuttle: This shuttle offers service to the Gold Coast Hotel & Casino and the Las Vegas Strip. It picks up daily at the Tropicana every 30-45 minutes from 9am-12:30am. It drops off at The High Roller and the Linq.
• Palace Station: Shuttle picks up daily at the Fashion Show Mall in front of Forever 21 at 10:15am, 11:45am, 1:45pm, 3:15pm, 4:45pm, 6:15pm, 8:15pm, 9:45pm and 11:15pm.
• Green Valley Ranch: Shuttle picks up daily at Mandalay Bay on the lower level in the Tour & Travel Lobby at 12:30pm, 2:30pm, 4:30pm and 8:30pm.
• South Point Hotel:  Picks up daily at Excalibur, City Center/Aria at the tour bus lobby. This shuttle costs $8.50 (cash only).

Rideshare in Las Vegas

If you are in a hurry or don’t want to ride the trams or shuttles I recommend getting around Las Vegas by using a rideshare service like Uber or Lyft. My mom and I used both Uber and Lyft a lot while in Las Vegas and while most of the time it was simple, there were some hotels that had really confusing pick-up locations or had more than one pick-up location. Using Uber or Lyft is also more expensive than riding the Las Vegas Monorail if you happen to be going to places that are Monorail stops. So keep this in mind! 

Walking Las Vegas Boulevard

So here’s the deal, yes you CAN walk the entire Las Vegas Strip. But… It’s also 4.2 miles long. Hence why I’ve included so many other transportation options. That being said, if you are staying on Las Vegas Boulevard there are many walkable activities and restaurants you can visit. For example, we stayed towards the center of Las Vegas Boulevard and easily walked to Paris Las Vegas, Caesars Palace, and other locations. There are also a number of pedestrian bridges and escalators that make walking safer and easier.

Places to Stay in Las Vegas

The mirage hotel & casino.

During our girl’s trip to Vegas, we stayed at The Mirage Hotel & Casino which is located in roughly the center of Las Vegas Boulevard. The Mirage is one of the MGM properties in Las Vegas. We stayed in one of the two-bedroom suites that had a fabulous view of Las Vegas Boulevard and a large living room area. This room would be perfect for those traveling in a group or with a family!

The Venetian Resort

I haven’t personally stayed at The Venetian but my mom went back for another girl’s trip to Vegas with a friend shortly after we went together and raved about her experience there so I had to include it in my recommended places to stay in Las Vegas. It is in a convenient location and also has beautiful rooms.

If you are looking for a more budget-friendly hotel on Las Vegas Boulevard that is clean, centrally located, and spacious I recommend The Linq . This is where Logan and I stayed on our couples trip to Las Vegas and we found it to be perfect for half the price of some of the hotels above. It isn’t as lux but it is located in the center of the strip, has access to the monorail, and is very comfortable!

Look for other places to stay in Las Vegas

Things to Do in Las Vegas

Visit the conservatory at the bellagio.

If you have watched the Big Flower Fight on Netflix then you can get a glimpse of what the Conservatory & Botanical Gardens at the Bellagio is like. This fun and free thing to do in Las Vegas changes with each season using extremely talented architects, designers, and horticulturalists to create a 14,000-square-foot exceptional floral design. Since the exhibits are changed frequently it’s bound to be different each time you visit! Another fun fact? With each changing exhibit 90% of the trees, plants, flowers, and more are recycled.

My mom and I visited during the Lunar New Year display which utilized the work and talents of 115 people to assemble the entire exhibit. It featured over 32,000 flowers, a massive 12-foot-tall pig, beautiful lanterns, and a 20-foot-tall Jade coin amongst other features.

When I visited again in September they had just put up their fall harvest scene which was a very whimsical, “cottagecore” scene complete with mushrooms, foxes, and other woodland creatures!

Location: 3600 S Las Vegas Blvd, Las Vegas // MAP (Inside The Bellagio) Hours: Open 24 hours Cost: Free

Watch the Outdoor Fountain Show at The Bellagio

Another free thing to add to your Las Vegas itinerary is watching the fountain show that is on display outside at the Bellagio. We first saw the fountain show when we dined on Spago’s outdoor patio – which offers a great view from above! But I also recommend watching it at night because the fountain lit up is really pretty.

You might be wondering “why would I want to watch a fountain of water?” Well, this isn’t JUST a water fountain, it’s a thoughtfully choreographed performance showing the movement of water as high as 460 ft in connection with music and light. Each performance is different from the rest and includes a variety of musical connections to classical, opera, pop tunes, rock, and even Broadway.

Location: 3600 S Las Vegas Blvd, Las Vegas // MAP Fountain Show Times Monday-Friday: 3pm-8pm (every 30 minutes), 8pm-12am (every 15 minutes) Saturday & Sunday: 12pm-8pm (every 30 minutes), 8pm-12am (every 15 minutes)

Go on a Gondola Ride at The Venetian 

Las Vegas allows visitors to get a hint of so many different cities from around the world so going on a gondola ride at the Venetian is like getting a touch of Venice as you float down the Grand Canal.

There are two gondola ride experiences that you can do at The Venetian. The first is an outdoor gondola ride and the second is an indoor one. If you have the ability to pick (no inclement weather etc) then I would recommend the outdoor ride! It’s longer, prettier, and money better spent in my opinion. 

One semi-secret tip is to head to the Venetian for the Gondolier March that happens twice a day at 9:50am and 4:20pm. This short performance features the team of gondoliers singing in unison as they walk beside the indoor canal near the Grand Canal Shoppes.

Location: 3355 S Las Vegas Blvd, Las Vegas // MAP (Located at the Venetian) Hours: INDOOR: Monday-Thursday, Sunday: 10am-11pm, Friday-Saturday: 10am-12am OUTDOOR: 11am-12am daily (weather permitting) Cost: Monday-Thursday $29, Friday-Sunday $36 (Prices may vary on holidays)

Experience Madame Tussauds Wax Museum

I know, I know what you’re thinking. A wax museum? Really. But I had never been to one and found a half-price deal online for Madame Tussauds Wax Museum so it happened. To be honest, yes, they’re a bit overhyped. However, if you’re like me and have never been to a wax museum before, you might find it intriguing!

Inside Madame Tussauds, you’ll find lifelike wax figures of celebrities like Miley Cyrus, Beyonce, Elvis, and Snoop Dogg but you’ll also find interactive experiences like a Marvel 4D film that makes you feel like you’re a part of the action in your own Avengers movie. Overall I found this experience to be interesting and I’m glad I was able to go once.

Location: 3377 S Las Vegas Blvd Ste. 2001, Las Vegas // MAP (Outside of the Grand Canal Shoppes at the Venetian) Hours: Monday-Thursday 11am-7pm, Friday-Sunday 11am-8pm Cost: $30 (Save $4 if you book online!)

Attend A Cirque du Soleil Performance

When I first visited Las Vegas I attended the three-time Grammy Award-winning show LOVE which brings to life the music from one of the most iconic bands of all time, The Beatles. Since we attended, the show has been revamped with new acts, costumes, choreography, and more.

To be honest, I can’t imagine how they made it even better because it was already amazing. I might have to go see it again! The entire performance is full of so much beauty and talent that will take you on a raw, emotional journey. I can say with certainty that you’ll be left wanting even more. 

If you aren’t a Beatles fan or are looking for something different, there are a number of other Cirque du Soleil shows in Las Vegas to choose from. Logan and I went to Mystère at Treasure Island and I personally felt like the LOVE show was much better. However, I’ve heard raving reviews about O and KÀ . Personally, I think it would be a mistake to not attend one of the Cirque du Soleil performances on your Las Vegas itinerary!

Location: 3400 S Las Vegas Blvd, Las Vegas // MAP (Located inside The Mirage) Cost: Starting at $79 (check their website for discounted tickets)

Check-Out the View from the Eiffel Tower

In my opinion, the Eiffel Tower Viewing Deck has one of the best paid views of the Las Vegas Strip. This half-scale replica of the Eiffel Tower has a 460 ft.-high observation deck where you can see a beautiful view of the strip, especially at night!

After you enjoy the views above make sure you also stop to watch the free synchronized light show that occurs every 30 minutes from sunset until midnight. This twinkling light show of more than 800 lights is another feature that makes this replica similar to its counterpart in Paris.

Location: 3655 S Las Vegas Blvd, Las Vegas // MAP (Inside of Paris Las Vegas) Hours: 4pm-12am daily Cost: $21.50

Go Shopping On and Off Las Vegas Boulevard

My mom loves shopping and I love helping her shop so we TORE UP many of the shopping malls in Las Vegas. I mean, what better for a girls trip to Vegas right? Honestly, I could probably write a guide to all the malls there we spent so much time in them (especially with those extra days we acquired due to snow/ice). But I’ll spare you from that and keep this section brief.

Forum Shops at Caesar’s Palace

We went to the Forum Shops at Caesar’s Palace a few times for our Las Vegas itinerary because it was right next door to The Mirage (where I stayed on my first trip). It has a lot of different stores ranging from more budget-friendly stores to high-end luxury brand stores. A few of the stores you’ll find in Caesar’s Palace are Balenciaga, Louis Vuitton, Cartier, Tumi, Gucci, H&M, and Christian Louboutin.

Location: 3500 Las Vegas Blvd S, Las Vegas // MAP Hours: Sunday-Thursday 11am-8pm, Friday & Saturday 11am-10pm

Las Vegas Premium Outlets

If you are shopping on a budget (hi, it’s me) you might enjoy shopping at the Las Vegas Premium Outlets which are one of the best outlet chains with locations all over the world. There are two Premium Outlets in Las Vegas. We visited the Las Vegas Premium Outlets North because it had a few more stores we were interested in visiting but they do have many similarities. Be sure to sign-up for their VIP rewards program prior to visiting to get extra email discounts and coupons.

Location: 875 S Grand Central Pkwy, Las Vegas // MAP Hours: Sunday-Thursday 11am-7pm, Friday & Saturday 11am-8pm

Fashion Show Mall

If you want to visit a shopping mall that feels like the malls you might be familiar with, the Fashion Show Mall is an incredible Las Vegas experience. It has three levels of over 250 stores, 30 restaurants, and eight department stores. There are also a number of events that take place at the mall including actual runway shows!

Location: 3200 Las Vegas Blvd S Ste. 600, Las Vegas // MAP Hours: Sunday 11am-7pm, Monday-Saturday 11am-8pm

The Shops at Crystals

The Shops at Crystals are another higher-end, luxury shopping mall that definitely fits more of the “window shopping” category for me. However, seeing all of the luxury goods I’ve heard about up close and in person was really fun! Some of the stores you’ll find at The Shops at Crystals include Celine, Cartier, Gucci, Prada, Fendi, Tom Ford, Saint Laurent Paris, and Rolex.

Location: 3720 S Las Vegas Blvd, Las Vegas // MAP Hours: Sunday 12am-6pm, Monday-Saturday 11am-7pm

Visit Old Las Vegas on Fremont Street

After the Las Vegas Strip, Fremont Street is probably the second most popular place to visit in Las Vegas. Some people love it, some people hate it. But one thing’s for sure, Fremont Street will definitely be memorable.

Before Las Vegas Boulevard hit its peak Fremont Street was the place to be and home to many famous hotels and casinos such as the iconic Binion’s Horseshoe, Golden Nugget, Pioneer Club, and Golden Gate Hotel and Casino.

This part of Las Vegas dates back to 1905 when Las Vegas was originally founded. Prior to its reconstruction, this part of old Las Vegas was featured in many movies and tv shows noted by the glittery neon signs.

If you want to take a tour, then consider going on the Fremont Street Experience which has different kinds of walking tours with a guide who explains the history of Fremont Street in detail.

Learn About the History Behind the Mob Museum

If you’re fascinated by Old Hollywood, true crime, and history you’ll definitely want to check out The Mob Museum located in a former courthouse near Fremont Street. This museum is a nonprofit that has three floors of historical artifacts, videos, and stories to inform visitors of the history and impact of organized crime in America.

The museum starts on the 3rd floor with the birth of the mob and travels through time to organized crime today. After visiting the museum be sure to head to The Underground which takes you through the history of the prohibition area to a modernized speakeasy and distillery you can get a drink.

Location: 300 Stewart Ave, Las Vegas // MAP Hours: 9am-9pm daily Cost: Starting at $30 (Save $10 if you book happy hour tickets after 5pm)

Check Out Signs at the Neon Museum

The Neon Museum has a large collection of Las Vegas signage, some of which date back as far as the 1930s. As you explore the main collection you’ll find over 200 neon signs that are illuminated at sunset making the experience even more beautiful at night.

Location: 770 Las Vegas Blvd N, Las Vegas // MAP Hours: 3pm-11pm Cost: Starting at $20

Take A Day Trip to the Grand Canyon

Most people don’t realize that a day trip to the Hoover Dam or the Grand Canyon is easy to access from Las Vegas. Since we had some extra time in Vegas we decided to do a day trip tour of the west rim of the Grand Canyon with Grand Vegas Tours .

Our day trip started with a short, 45-minute drive past the Hoover Dam which is a large, concrete arch-gravity dam that was constructed between 1931 and 1936 on the Colorado River between Nevada and Arizona. Although we didn’t get to stop to see it, we did get to hear about the history of the Hoover Dam as well as get a decent view of it!

After driving past the Hoover Dam we drive to a small town to stop and get lunches (included in your tour price). They offered a ham, turkey, or vegetarian sandwich which I’ll be honest was pretty mediocre but did the job. If you’re a picky eater you might want to bring something different to snack on.

Once we got to the Grand Canyon we had a few hours to explore. My mom and I first went across the Skywalk Bridge which is a horseshoe-shaped clear bottom bridge that hangs over the Colorado River at 4,000 feet above. In order to go across the Skywalk Bridge, you have to book a ticket in advance and place your belongings in a locker. You’re also given booties to wear over your shoes so you don’t scratch or scuff the bridge.

After we went across the Skywalk Bridge we decided to walk around the Grand Canyon to take more photos and visit the Yavapai Gift Shop where I purchased a beautiful handcrafted Navajo pottery ornament. There were many other beautiful pieces I wanted to purchase but I only came with a carry-on for this trip. 

On our way back to Las Vegas we stopped by Hualapai Ranch which is a cute, historic town that you can actually stay in should you want to stay the night!

A few tips for visiting the Grand Canyon:

• The weather at the Grand Canyon is typically cooler in the winter months than Las Vegas so be sure to dress in layers! If you’re visiting during the summer be sure to bring a hat for extra sun protection.
• Wear sunscreen! No matter the season the sun can be somewhat harsh so be sure to put on at last an SPF 30 to help with sun exposure.

In addition to the West Rim tour that we did with Grand Vegas Tours, they also offer trips to the Hoover Dam, Grand Canyon South Rim, and helicopter tours.

We want to acknowledge that the Grand Canyon West Rim is the native land of the Hualapai Nation.

Get Afternoon Tea at the Waldorf Astoria

Although getting afternoon tea at the Waldorf Astoria technically was our lunch one day, it was an experience too. Hence why I’m including it with the things to do in Las Vegas instead of the places to eat in Las Vegas. But really it could fit in either one.

I’m kind of picky when it comes to afternoon tea. Not because I’m a tea snob. But afternoon tea can be a pretty pricey experience and if the sandwiches and sweets are just okay, it’s not worth it. In fact, my best afternoon tea experience was at Ashford Castle in Ireland . But the Waldorf Astoria exceeded my expectations. Although I shared this experience with my mom I would take Logan here in a heartbeat so don’t be opposed to having an afternoon tea experience on a romantic couples trip to Vegas!

Also, can I just say that the sugar stir sticks for tea look just like rock candy, I mean is there a difference really?

My mom and I were first served a tray of finger sandwiches which included:

• Porchetta sandwich with brie cream and apple compote on white bread
• Gougère sandwich with spinach and mushroom filling
• Salmon sandwich with cucumber, capers, and cream cheese on marble rye bread
• Chicken sandwich with curry chicken, pecans, and bibb lettuce on a hoagie roll.

After we received some small desserts including:

• Chocolate passion tart with passion fruit gel, crunchy chocolate pearls, and chocolate mousse
• Pistachio macaron with pistachio ganache
• Canelé with Tahitian vanilla and rum custard
• Strawberry choux with white chocolate cream and strawberry cremeux

Alongside these delicate sandwiches and desserts were some freshly baked scones accompanied by clotted cream, homemade jams, and marmalades.

Also, I think it’s important to note that they can accommodate food allergies and dietary restrictions if you let them know in advance! 

Travel Tip: When booking your reservation ask if you can sit near the window. It has a lovely view! 

Location: 3752 Las Vegas Blvd S, Las Vegas // MAP Hours: 11:45am-2:15pm Cost: $54

Go on A Las Vegas Food Tour

I LOVE going on food tours when I travel because it often gives me ideas for where to eat and allows me to try small bites from many different restaurants. My mom and I went on a Lip Smacking Foodie Tour on our trip and I enjoyed it so much that I booked another one when Logan and I visited Las Vegas together. Technically I could have also included this in my places to eat in Las Vegas because the portions of food were enough for a heavy meal but again… the experience can’t be matched.

I also want to note that Lip Smacking Foodie Tour did a wonderful job accommodating my dietary and allergy restrictions which I always appreciate whenever possible. 

Lip Smacking Foodie Tours has four different tours to choose from:

• Savors of the Strip: Which takes you to VIP tables to four of the city’s most glamorous high-demand restaurants.
• Downtown Lip Smacking Tour: This takes you to downtown Vegas for a tour of locally-owned chef-driven restaurants that have seasonally focused menus.
• Lip Smacking Boozy Brunch: Enjoy the ultimate brunch experience from dim sum to French pastries.
• Afternoon Culinary Adventures: This is the tour that we did. It provides such a great introduction to the city!

I don’t want to give too much away but here are the places we visited on the tour. But trust me, you definitely want to take the tour to learn more about the history behind these restaurants, the signature dishes, and some other fun surprises along the way! 

Stop One: Javier’s

Our first stop on the Lip Smacking Foodie Tour was Javier’s which is located in ARIA and is one of the most popular Mexican restaurants in Las Vegas. In fact, A LOT of celebrities dine here. Everything is made from scratch daily, from the chips to the pressed juices for mixed drinks. When we entered Javier’s we were led to Marco’s Room which is normally $4,000 to rent UNLESS you’re on this food tour.

We started with some fresh tortilla chips accompanied by their three signature salsas – Javier’s house salsa, roasted tomato, and roasted green tomatillo. All of them were so good I wanted to literally drink them. 

After chips and salsa, we tried two different styles of enchiladas. The first was enchiladas de mariscos which were enchiladas stuffed with shrimp and Dungeness crab sauteed in butter, garlic, onion, and wine. Then they’re covered with a tomatillo sauce, melted Monterey Jack cheese, and garnished with avocado slices and sour cream.

The second enchilada was a chicken enchilada with guajillo sauce which was topped with melted Monterey Jack cheese and also garnished with avocado slices and sour cream. Both of these enchiladas were accompanied by refried beans and Mexican rice. 

I’m being 100% honest when I say that I loved these enchiladas so much that I often think about them. In fact, when I went to Dallas with my mom and one of my sisters we thought we found another Javier’s but sadly it wasn’t the same.

Stop Two: Julian Serrano Tapas

Our next stop was Julian Serrano Tapas which is also located inside ARIA. It features a number of Spanish tapas and is considered to be the best tapas restaurant in Las Vegas. Here we tried traditional Spanish croquetas with chicken and a béchamel sauce, tuna cones that had ahi tartare, cucumbers, crispy wonton, avocado, and ponzu, and stuffed Medjool dates with goat cheese, bacon, and apple puree.

But the real show stopper was, of course, the paella. This particular paella was their Valenciana dish with chicken, Spanish pork chorizo, vegetables, and saffron. 

Stop Three: Momofuku

After some tapas, we headed to Momofuku which is located in the Cosmopolitan. I was really excited about this stop! David Chang hosts some of my favorite foodie shows on Netflix so I’ve been dying to try one of his restaurants. Not to mention, Momofuku has won 14 awards in just 7 years!

At Momofuku, we tried the pork belly buns (shiitake buns for me!) which were garnished with hoisin, cucumber, and green onion. Then we tried the chickpea ramen which had fried chickpeas, bok choy, and a garnish of green onion as well. My favorite thing we tried at Momofuku was the spicy cucumber salad which had toasted almonds and togarashi seasoning.

Stop Four: Cucina by Wolfgang Puck

Our last stop on the food tour was to Cucina by Wolfgang Puck which was inside the Shops at Crystals but has since closed. This restaurant once provided desserts for the Oscars and the current pastry chef won the best pastry chef in the world in 2018.

We stopped there for a medley of delicious desserts and while I assumed all of the pastries would be teeny tiny portions, much like the rest of this tour, I was surprised. You know I’m full if I can’t manage to finish my desserts but dang, that’s how it had to be! *Cue my tears* 

Anyways, the desserts we tried were a honey panna cotta with orange marmalade and shortbread crust. A Tiramisu with espresso-soaked ladyfingers and a mascarpone mousse. A citrus-infused cannoli (this was new to me!) with sweet ricotta cream and brandy raisins. The last dessert was a torta Caprese with a rich dark chocolate cake and candied pistachios. Every. Single. One. was AMAZING. Hence why I’m still sad I couldn’t manage to finish them and even more sad that they are no longer open!

Places to Eat in Las Vegas (On and Off the Strip!)

Besides that afternoon tea at the Waldorf Astoria and our food tour with Lip Smacking Foodie Tours, there are many other fabulous places to eat while in Las Vegas. 

A Few Tips for Eating in Las Vegas

• If you go with another person, order different things! My mom and I ordered separate things from each other at most restaurants and then shared them together so we could try more than one thing. Honestly, this is just how I dine now – but this advice is super helpful in Vegas! 
• Make reservations in advance. Nearly every single restaurant in Las Vegas accepts reservations. If you can plan ahead this will make your experience so much better!
• If you plan to eat off the strip consider planning around some other “off the strip” activities to save on rideshare costs.

If you want a good place to get coffee or a light breakfast, Sambalatte has a few locations in Las Vegas. But I won’t lie… I totally went there to get a rainbow latte. I half expected it to just be “ok” coffee but was pleasantly surprised by how delicious my latte was. I got a lavender latte while my mom ordered a rose petal latte.

Location: 6555 S Jones Blvd #9, Las Vegas // MAP (There are three other locations too!) Hours: 8am-3pm daily

Gäbi Coffee and Bakery

 My favorite coffee shop in Las Vegas was Gäbi Coffee and Bakery . They had the best coffee and pastries as well as a lovely setting. The artwork, mismatched decor, and industrial architecture made me wish I could transport this chic coffee shop back home. I honestly could see myself working here on the daily. We both ordered specialty coffee drinks and a few pastries to share for breakfast however they also have lunch items as well! 

Location: 5808 Spring Mountain Rd #104, Las Vegas // MAP Hours: 9am-9pm daily

Mon Ami Gabi

Mon Ami Gabi has classic French bistro dining with classic entrees. While they serve lunch and dinner we decided to head here for breakfast – we’d heard excellent things. I ordered the french toast which came with blueberries and whipped cream on top along with blueberry syrup! My mom ordered a cinnamon apple crepe. Both were perfectly filling and not overly sweet. If you can swing it, I also recommend sitting on their patio if it’s a nice day! 

Location: 3655 S Las Vegas Blvd South, Las Vegas // MAP (Inside Paris Las Vegas) Hours: 7:30am-10pm daily

The Pantry 

Another spot we stopped for breakfast was The Pantry . The Pantry is a casual American restaurant that has breakfast and lunch options. I must have been on a french toast kick because I ordered it again. This time it was a white chocolate brioche french toast that came with a mixed berry compote and whipped mascarpone on top. Definitely more decadent than the one I ordered a few days prior at Mon Ami Gabi. 

Location : 3400 S Las Vegas Blvd, Las Vegas // MAP (Inside The Mirage) Hours: Monday-Friday 7am-2pm, Saturday & Sunday 7am-3pm

One of my favorite restaurants we dined at in Las Vegas was Spago . We went there for lunch but from the food to the view, everything was exceptional. I ordered the Miso-Glazed Salmon Salad which came with mustard greens, pickled vegetables and had a sweet-onion soy dressing.

My mom ordered the Chinois Chicken Salad which had candied cashews, crisp wontons, and a ginger-soy vinaigrette. I’m a big salad for lunch gal, especially when someone else does it for me (I don’t know why it always tastes better when someone else does it) and I loved both of these!

One last tip I have for this restaurant is to order a dessert. I know it’s probably indulgent but hey, you’re in Vegas. Plus, Spago is known for having some of the most unique and delicious desserts in Las Vegas.

We ordered the Spiked Lemon to share which was a chiffon cake with citrus mousse and Japanese yuzu cream all encased in a thin layer of chocolate and topped with meringue. In order to eat it, our waiter cracked it open! Honestly, this dessert was an experience – it was beautiful, fun, and SO YUMMY.

Location: 3600 S Las Vegas Blvd, Las Vegas // MAP (Inside The Bellagio) Hours: Friday-Tuesday 5-10pm, Closed Wednesday & Thursday (Currently their hours are limited to only dinner, normally they are also open for lunch)

Il Mulino New York 

When we first arrived in Las Vegas it was late afternoon so we checked into The Mirage and headed over to Il Mulino New York for dinner. This place is quite the dining experience, and let me just say… go hungry. 

First, the staff brought over a giant hunk of parmesan and cut us each a cube to eat alongside some other complimentary small plates of bruschetta, braised zucchini, salami, and a selection of bread. 

I went ALL OUT for this meal and ordered the Frutti di Marre with spaghetti. It had assorted seafood like shrimp, squid, scallops, mussels, and clams in a light red sauce that had a slight spice. My mom ordered the Scampi alla Francese which was jumbo shrimp that were egg-battered in a lemon white wine sauce with risotto. 

At the end of our meal, we were served a small glass of grappa which is a pomace brandy made from the grape seeds, stalks, and other parts of the grape leftover from the wine-making process. It is strong, yet sweet – a perfect refresher!

Location: 3500 S Las Vegas Blvd, Las Vegas // MAP (Inside Caesars Palace) Hours:

Another Italian restaurant we dined at in Las Vegas was Rao’s which is the sister location to the original in New York City. My mom and I decided to split a salad to start and loved the roasted beet salad which had baby arugula, golden raisins, roasted beets, pistachios, goat cheese crumbles, and balsamic vinaigrette. 

For entrees, I ordered the ravioli purses that were filled with Bartlett pears and Ricotta cheese then topped with brown butter, sage, and dried cranberries. This entree was unique but so delicious. I thought the contrast between subtly sweet and savory was honestly perfection. My mom wanted to try something more traditional so she ordered the chicken parmesan which had a robust red sauce and tons of bubbling cheese!

Location: 3570 S Las Vegas Blvd, Las Vegas // MAP (Inside Caesars Palace) Hours:

Beijing Noodle No 9

Let me start this review of Beijing Noodle No 9 by saying, it’s a mixed one. The interior and the staff were exceptional but the dishes we ordered were honestly half and a half for both my mom and me. We started with some dumplings which were delicious and got me so excited for the rest of the meal.

But once our entrees came, we were both left a little disappointed. My main complaint is that neither of them hardly had any flavor.  I ordered the seafood chow mein which had shrimp and scallops in an abalone sauce.

My error was being so hangry after being at the Grand Canyon all day that my mind was screaming “carbs carbs carbs.” If it helps – I’d try it again, just order something different. So my take is to go here and order the dumplings, steamed buns, or one of their more specialty meat dishes!

Location: 3570 S Las Vegas Blvd, Las Vegas // MAP (Inside Caesars Palace) Hours: 11am-10pm daily

Bouchon has traditional French bistro fare similar to Mon Ami Gabi but has a somewhat rotating menu with specials. To start my mom and I once again split a salad and weren’t disappointed. We had the Salade Maraîchère au Chèvre Chaud which had mixed greens, warm goat cheese, herbes de Provence, and a red wine vinaigrette. We also ordered the Oeufs Mimosa per the waiter’s recommendation which was deviled eggs with a kick of horseradish. 

For entrees, my mom ordered the Poulet Rôti which was a roasted chicken with corn, bacon, forest mushrooms, surrounded in a chicken broth. She shared a bit of her chicken with me and it was so tender I honestly wished I had ordered it myself.

I ended up ordering one of the specials, the truffle gnudi, which is kind of like gnocchi in the sense they’re a dumpling but are made with ricotta cheese instead of potato. They were also more airy or fluffy than gnocchi. The shaved truffles on top added to the flavor and I do love truffle, however, it was such a rich dish I felt like I could have easily shared this as a starter instead of eating it as my meal. But if you are someone who would put black truffles on everything you can then you’d love this!  

Location: 3355 Las Vegas Blvd S 10th Floor, Las Vegas // MAP (Inside The Venetian – 10th floor) Hours: Friday-Sunday 9am-2pm, 5pm-10pm

HEXX Kitchen + Bar

HEXX Kitchen + Bar came to me per the recommendation of someone we met on our tour of the Grand Canyon. It was one of our favorite places in Las Vegas too! It is an American restaurant that has a large variety of menu options including pizza, sandwiches, steaks, fish, and pasta. I ordered the roasted chicken which was surrounded by creamy mashed potatoes and roasted vegetables. My mom ordered a steak with a side of Brussel sprouts and their specialty mac & cheese which had manchego, cheddar, and was garnished with flakes of roasted red pepper.

Location: Hotel, Paris, 3655 S Las Vegas Blvd, Las Vegas // MAP (Inside Paris Las Vegas) Hours: 8am-9pm daily

Carlo’s Bakery

To me, Carlo’s Bakery is “just a place to get a pastry” and I had much better ones at Spago, Cucina, and Gabi Coffee and Bakery. But, I did want to include it here because it is a pretty popular place to get a dessert in Vegas! The line was long when we went but we didn’t mind because it gave us time to browse the pastry cases from a distance.

We ordered a few small desserts to-go that we could share including the dark chocolate mousse which had a thin layer of dark chocolate cake filled with chocolate mousse, dipped in ganache, and topped with milk chocolate drizzle and dark chocolate shavings. This was our favorite!

The other pastry we purchased was the infamous lobster tail which is a flaky pastry, filled with cream and a hint of Baileys liqueur, topped with powdered sugar. I think this would have been delicious if it was SO dry. It just didn’t taste as fresh as the dark chocolate cake! 

Location: 3327 S Las Vegas Blvd, Las Vegas // MAP (Inside the Grand Canal Shoppes – The Venetian) Hours: Sunday-Thursday 11am-7pm, Friday & Saturday 11am-9pm

Chandelier Bar

Last, while I didn’t gamble on this trip, I did enjoy a cocktail or two. One unique cocktail to get in Las Vegas is the Verbena at The Chandelier which is nestled inside a stunning crystal chandelier on the 2nd Floor of the Cosmopolitan. What makes the Verbena such an interesting drink? It comes with a mouth-numbing Buzz Button Flower which adds an interesting sensation to this one-of-a-kind cocktail.

After visiting Las Vegas a few times now, I still can’t wait to go back someday soon to experience even more that this fun city has to offer! Have you been to Las Vegas? What are your favorite places to eat and favorite things to do in Las Vegas?

Reader Interactions

Leave a reply cancel reply, plan your next trip.

Traveling the world can be overwhelming, we get it! That’s why we’re here to help you get started on your own journey.

• Shop Our Favorites
• Work With Us
• How to Plan For A Trip
• The Best Travel Apps
• DIY Travel First Aid
• Travel Credit Cards
• TSA Precheck & Global Entry Info

Destinations

• Japan Travel Guides
• United States
• South America

Travel Tips

• Airplane Travel
• Budget Travel
• Packing Tips
• Photography
• Travel Gear

Get More Travel Inspiration + Tips

When you subscribe to the newsletter!

Navigate forward to interact with the calendar and select a date. Press the question mark key to get the keyboard shortcuts for changing dates.

Navigate backward to interact with the calendar and select a date. Press the question mark key to get the keyboard shortcuts for changing dates.

Las Vegas Trip Planner

Top attractions in las vegas.

Other notable attractions

Top searches in Las Vegas

Popular road trips from las vegas, all road trips from las vegas.

• Las Vegas to Los Angeles drive
• Las Vegas to San Francisco drive
• Las Vegas to San Diego drive
• Las Vegas to Sedona drive
• Las Vegas to Grand Canyon National Park drive
• Las Vegas to the Death Valley National Park drive
• Las Vegas to Zion National Park drive
• Las Vegas to Phoenix drive
• Las Vegas to Chicago drive
• Las Vegas to Greater Palm Springs drive
• Las Vegas to Page drive
• Las Vegas to Seattle drive
• Las Vegas to New Orleans drive
• Las Vegas to Tucson drive
• Las Vegas to Vancouver drive
• Las Vegas to Yosemite National Park drive
• Las Vegas to Mexico City drive
• Las Vegas to San Antonio drive
• Las Vegas to Denver drive
• Las Vegas to Monterey drive
• Las Vegas to Bryce Canyon National Park drive
• Las Vegas to Williams drive
• Las Vegas to Nashville drive
• Las Vegas to Santa Fe drive
• Las Vegas to Laughlin drive
• Las Vegas to Moab drive
• Las Vegas to Santa Barbara drive
• Las Vegas to Salt Lake City drive
• Las Vegas to Anaheim drive
• Las Vegas to Colorado Springs drive

Explore nearby places

• North Las Vegas
• Blue Diamond
• Boulder City
• Goodsprings
• Mount Charleston
• the Sandy Valley
• Willow Beach
• Indian Springs
• Searchlight
• Mountain Pass
• White Hills
• Cal Nev Ari
• Dolan Springs
• the Death Valley Junction
• Bunkerville

All related maps of Las Vegas

• Map of Las Vegas
• Map of North Las Vegas
• Map of Henderson
• Map of Blue Diamond
• Map of Boulder City
• Map of Goodsprings
• Map of Jean
• Map of Mount Charleston
• Map of the Sandy Valley
• Map of Nelson
• Map of Primm
• Map of Willow Beach
• Map of Indian Springs
• Map of Nipton
• Map of Pahrump
• Map of Searchlight
• Map of Mountain Pass
• Map of Moapa
• Map of Overton
• Map of Logandale
• Map of White Hills
• Map of Cal Nev Ari
• Map of Mercury
• Map of Meadview
• Map of Tecopa
• Map of Dolan Springs
• Map of Shoshone
• Map of Cima
• Map of the Death Valley Junction
• Map of Chloride
• Map of Bunkerville

Las Vegas throughout the year

• Las Vegas in January
• Las Vegas in February
• Las Vegas in March
• Las Vegas in April
• Las Vegas in May
• Las Vegas in June
• Las Vegas in July
• Las Vegas in August
• Las Vegas in September
• Las Vegas in October
• Las Vegas in November
• Las Vegas in December

Looking for day-by-day itineraries in Las Vegas?

Get inspired for your trip to Las Vegas with our curated itineraries that are jam-packed with popular attractions everyday! Check them out here:

• 1-Day Las Vegas Itinerary
• 2-Day Las Vegas Itinerary
• 3-Day Las Vegas Itinerary
• 4-Day Las Vegas Itinerary
• 5-Day Las Vegas Itinerary

Q&A about Las Vegas

Weather in las vegas, add places from guides with 1 click, collaborate with friends in real time, import flight and hotel reservations, expense tracking and splitting, checklists for anything, get personalized suggestions.

4.9 on App Store, 4.7 on Google Play

• Search Please fill out this field.
• Manage Your Subscription
• Give a Gift Subscription
• Newsletters
• Sweepstakes
• Destinations

How to Plan a Trip to Las Vegas on a Budget, According to a Travel Expert

Because Sin City isn’t just for high rollers.

How to Save on Food

How to save on transportation, how to find affordable las vegas hotels, how to save on flights to las vegas, free las vegas activities.

Taylor McIntyre/Travel + Leisure

When you think of Las Vegas, it’s likely the glimmering casinos , flashy hotels, over-the-top entertainment , and extravagant meals that come to mind first. However, you don’t need to spend a small fortune to have a good time in Sin City — so as long as you’re savvy. From flights and hotels to activities and transportation, here are our top tips on how to plan a trip to Las Vegas on a budget, including expert insight, tips, and recommendations from long-time Vegas visitor and travel advisor Allison DePesa of Marvelous Mouse Travels . 

monticelllo/Getty Images

It’s no secret Sin City is home to spectacular restaurants , including the Michelin-starred Picasso , the sceney Cipriani Las Vegas , and Wolfgang Puck’s beloved Spago , to name a few. However, these aren’t the only options in town. Those looking to get the most bang for their buck can — and should — take advantage of Vegas’ seemingly endless buffets, says DePesa. What’s more, she tells T+L, “Buffets are a staple in Vegas, and you can usually find a great all-you-can-eat option with bottomless Champagne, mimosas, or bloody marys if you go for brunch.” For example, you can’t go wrong at Wicked Spoon at The Cosmopolitan, which serves extravagant all-day brunch items like bone marrow, short ribs, and even steamed snow crab — in addition to the classics like omelets — for $47 per person on weekdays and $54 on weekends; $25 extra for bottomless mimosas, Champagne, bloody marys, or Bud Light). For a more affordable option, consider the MGM Grand Buffet (from $31.99 Monday to Thursday, $37.99 Friday to Sunday), which offers an array of breakfast and lunch dishes, from fresh pastas to pancakes. If buffets aren’t your thing, the Strip is also teeming with fast-food joints and quick-service restaurants. Tacos El Gordo , which doles out wallet-friendly tacos, quesadillas, tostadas, and other Mexican favorites, is among our favorites, as is the Instagram-worthy Cafe Lola , which dishes out sweet and savory breakfast and lunch staples (think crème brûlée challah French toast).

Additionally, DePesa recommends budget-conscious travelers take advantage of happy hour specials. “Many restaurants and bars in Vegas offer discounted food and drink specials during happy hour, usually in the late afternoon or early evening. “ Brera Osteria at The Venetian Resort offers 50 percent off pizza, cocktails, and wines by the glass every day between 3 and 5 p.m. Also, don’t miss sangria hour at The Cosmopolitan's Jaleo , which has sangria from $7, beers from $7, wine from $9, and cocktails from $12 — along with a selection of tapas — every day from 5 to 7 p.m. The deals continue off the Strip at local favorite Honey Salt , where guests can enjoy $5 beers and wines, $6 cocktails, and apps like fried pickles and chicken sliders between $4 and $8 apiece every Monday through Friday between 3 and 6 p.m.

Pro tip: Be sure to sign up for restaurant rewards programs. “Many restaurants, especially those located in casinos, offer rewards programs or loyalty cards,” says DePesa. “Sign up for these programs to earn discounts, free meals, or other perks.” 

Although resorts on the Strip are typically more expensive than those a bit further away, their central location makes it much easier — and cheaper — to get around. What’s more, explains DePesa, “The Las Vegas Strip is relatively compact, and many attractions are within walking distance of each other.”

However, that’s not to say you can’t stay off the Strip and still save on transportation. While taxis and ride-share apps are available — as are rental cars, of course — DePesa recommends utilizing public transit to get around. “There's an extensive bus system in Las Vegas, including the Strip and downtown areas.” Deuce on the Strip , which runs 24/7, stops at almost every resort on the Strip, and while single rides cost $4, you can save money by snagging a multiday pass; a three-day one, for example, will run you $20. The Downtown Loop is a free shuttle service that takes visitors to some of downtown Vegas’ top attractions, including the Arts District and Fremont Street Experience . Also, keep in mind that some off-the-Strip hotels offer complimentary shuttle service to the Strip — but more on that below. 

 Ethan Miller/Getty Images

A Las Vegas hotel stay doesn't have to cost an arm and a leg. For one, DePesa recommends booking well in advance, which "can often lead to better deals." She adds, "Hotels tend to offer lower rates for early bookings, especially if you're traveling during off-peak seasons." The summer months (June, July, and August) coincide with the city's low season due to the scorching heat. As such, you can find lower hotel rates. Shoulder season (September through November and January through April) also offers discounted nightly rates; according to Kayak, March is the cheapest month to stay in Las Vegas, with an average five percent drop in price. Ultimately, being flexible with your dates is key. "Midweek stays tend to be cheaper than weekends, and rates may fluctuate depending on special events or conventions in the city," explains DePesa. Finally, as previously mentioned, consider staying at a hotel off the Strip since, per the pro, properties “tend to be more affordable.” She elaborates, “Many of these hotels offer complimentary shuttle services to the Strip, making it convenient to access the main attractions."

DePesa recommends using Westgate Flamingo Bay Resort as your base. The property is home to 13 on-site restaurants and spacious accommodations clocking in at more than 500 square feet. She also suggests checking into Marriott's Grand Chateau ; while it does not provide shuttle service to the Strip — though, fortunately, it’s less than a mile away — it does have a rooftop pool, two bars, and, best of all, no resort fee.

If you choose to stay on the Strip, you can save money by selecting a property with low or no resort fees, which can cost as much as $55 per night. Those craving a more upscale hotel experience may consider a stay at the Sahara Las Vegas , one of few Strip hotels with an under-$40 nightly resort fee .

Chase Stevens/Las Vegas Review-Journal/Tribune News Service via Getty Images

Looking to save money on flights ? Just like with hotels, DePesa says the key is to “be flexible with dates and book early.” She also recommends using fare comparison websites like Google Flights, Skyscanner, and Kayak to help you “easily find the best deals and set up price alerts for your desired travel dates.” Additionally, if you have the time and patience, DePesa recommends opting for a connecting flight to or from Vegas since they tend to be less expensive. “But be sure to check the total travel time and factor in potential layover durations,” she says. 

It’s also worth noting Las Vegas’ main airport, Harry Reid International Airport, is considered one of the cheapest in America, according to a 2022 analysis from CivMetrics . 

Taylor McIntyre/Travel + Leisure

Unbeknownst to many — especially first-time visitors — Las Vegas offers plenty of free activities , which means you can save your money in hopes of winning big at the casino.

“At the Bellagio, you can see the fountain show and Conservatory & Botanical Gardens ,” says DePesa.

Alternatively, catch the volcano eruption at the Mirage or check out the Flamingo Wildlife Habitat , “a quiet oasis home to koi fish, turtles, birds, and a flock of Chilean flamingos.” The Fremont Street Experience has free live music, Silverton Casino features a complimentary aquarium with thousands of tropical fish, and Circus Circus offers exhilarating acts. Travelers can also visit Ethel M Chocolates for free self-guided factory tours; afterward, explore the three-acre botanical garden, which boasts more than 300 species of flora. Other no-cost attractions include The Arts Factory , the Marjorie Barrick Museum of Art , and the quirky Pinball Hall of Fame .

Related Articles

GRAND CANYON TOURS   |   (866) 218-3427

• Grand Canyon West Rim
• Grand Canyon South Rim
• Grand Canyon North Rim
• Grand Canyon East Area
• Red Rock Canyon
• Valley of Fire
• All Destinations
• Airplane Tours
• Helicopter Tours
• ATV/UTV Tours
• Hummer Tours
• Rafting Tours
• Popular Tours
• Tours on Sale
• Vacation Packages
• The Grand Canyon
• The Southwest
• Adventure Resources
• Group Tours
• Tour Policies
• Tour Reviews

The Ultimate Las Vegas-Grand Canyon Road Trip Itinerary

• April 6, 2023

Las Vegas is a popular point of origin (or final destination) for a Grand Canyon road trip. What exactly makes Sin City such an ideal starting point?

• If you have enough time, its proximity to the Grand Canyon offers easy access to every spot on the Rim.
• It’s also within easy driving distance of a number of other nearby southwest hotspots —not to mention the smorgasbord of activities and attractions available in Sin City to any type of visitor.
• Flights to Las Vegas are usually reasonably priced compared to Phoenix (another popular point of origin for a Grand Canyon road trip).

Whether you’re planning a road trip to the Grand Canyon from Las Vegas or you’re ending your southwest journey in Sin City, we’ve created a Las Vegas-Grand Canyon road trip itinerary to get you rolling.

Before we jump into places to visit on the way, you’ll need to decide what region(s) of the Grand Canyon you want to visit. Each tourist region can be reached fairly easily from Las Vegas by car, depending on how much time you have.

If you have five days or more, and are flexible with your route, you can easily hit all four regions by following our itinerary. If you have less time, don’t worry—we’ve got you covered, too.

Las Vegas-Grand Canyon Road Trip

Explore all four rims of the Grand Canyon—and beyond if you want to keep the fun rolling!

Route Summary

Las Vegas → Springs Preserve → Boulder City →  Hoover Dam & Lake Mead → Grand Canyon West → Route 66: Kingman and Seligman, AZ → Williams, AZ → Tusayan → South Rim National Park → Return to Las Vegas or continue east → Grand Canyon East and Page, AZ → Flagstaff, Sedona, and Jerome → Montezuma Castle → Phoenix

Total Miles Travelled: 823 miles (from Las Vegas to Phoenix); 784 miles (Las Vegas Loop) Total Driving Time: 14 hours 40 minutes; 13 hours 35 minutes Recommended Trip Duration: 5-7 days

To make it easier for road trippers who have less time to explore the southwest, we’ve broken up our itinerary into two segments:

From Las Vegas to the South Rim and everything in between, including Grand Canyon West, Route 66, and the Hoover Dam. Ideal for shorter timelines, loop routes, and those beginning their road trip in Las Vegas.

• If you only have one day for your Grand Canyon road trip, opt for the West Rim—you can easily make it there and back to Las Vegas in a single day. Save yourself the work of driving and hop on a guided tour instead—there are many guided tour options available, including airplane tours, helicopter floor landings, and leisurely Colorado River boat tours through the Grand Canyon.
• If you only have the time to visit one Rim, head to the South Rim—it has the greatest number of viewpoints, guided ranger programs, and hiking trails, as well as many of the most iconic sights and vistas. The best way to experience the South Rim as part of a Grand Canyon road trip is to spend the night—that way, you can break up the drive and check out the many other places to visit on the way to the Grand Canyon. More on that below.
• If you have more time, you can add the East Edge segment to your trip.

ROAD TRIP TIP: While it is possible to drive straight to the South Rim from Las Vegas and back in a single day, we don’t recommend it—you won’t have time to stop at the many other places to visit on the way to the Grand Canyon, and you may feel too rushed to truly enjoy the splendor of the South Rim. Instead, plan to spend the night somewhere so you can experience everything the region has to offer without feeling stressed or pressured to get back on the road, or hop on a guided South Rim tour and let someone else do the driving.

Explore the sights and attractions that lie beyond the borders of the South Rim, including Horseshoe Bend, Antelope Canyon, Monument Valley, and Bryce Canyon, as well as cities like Flagstaff, Sedona, and Phoenix. Ideal for those journeying westward towards Las Vegas from Phoenix or other eastern points of origin, or for longer road trips. If you have lots of time to work with, you can also add the East Edge component of the Las Vegas-Grand Canyon Road Trip Itinerary to the West Edge segment of our suggested route, or skip the West Edge altogether by heading straight to the South Rim from Las Vegas and continuing east.

The Ultimate Las Vegas-Grand Canyon Road Trip: West Edge route details

What can you see and do between Las Vegas and the Grand Canyon, and beyond? Let’s find out.

Las Vegas hosts nearly 43 million visitors every year. Its reputation for catering to visitors of every inclination—including kids—and its proximity to numerous Southwest locations make it an ideal spot to start your Grand Canyon road trip. Depending on your preferences, you can start your Grand Canyon road trip in Las Vegas or end your southwest adventure in Sin City.

If you have a few days to explore Las Vegas, check out our Ultimate Guide to Visiting Las Vegas for our tips for finding the right hotel, what to pack, where to eat, and what to see and do in the city limits and beyond.

The Ultimate Las Vegas Visitor Guide: Meet the Contributors

• November 10, 2021

Continue reading

Las Vegas Scams and Tourist Traps to Avoid

Visiting las vegas with kids, your first trip to las vegas: what you need to know [updated in 2023].

• April 11, 2023

15 Unforgettable Things to Do Off the Las Vegas Strip

• November 8, 2021

Nearby Attractions – Things To Do Outside Las Vegas [Updated in 2023]

A guide to tours & sightseeing opportunities in downtown las vegas.

• November 5, 2021

Las Vegas on a Budget

Las vegas packing list.

• August 3, 2022

A Guide to Las Vegas Nightlife, Parties & Clubs – How to Get in, What to Wear & More

• October 20, 2021

Shows & Performances

Las vegas restaurants – a guide to dining out in sin city.

• October 18, 2021

Springs Preserve

Located just 5 miles from the Strip, Springs Preserve is a 180-acre natural preserve featuring interactive exhibits about how to live sustainably in the desert, the history of Las Vegas, and its historic and current inhabitants.

It’s a great place to stop if you’re beginning your southwest adventure in Las Vegas for a quick primer on area history, geology, and wildlife. If you’re ending your Grand Canyon road trip in Las Vegas too, make sure you visit Springs Preserve either before you continue your journey or head home.

Boulder City

About 30 minutes southeast of Las Vegas and just a short hop from Lake Mead and the Hoover Dam, Boulder City is the last place you can stop for major metropolitan conveniences before you hit the desert.

ROAD TRIP TIP:  Skip the busy and expensive breakfast in Sin City and stop in Boulder City instead. Pack a picnic to enjoy in Hemenway Park—you may even spot a bighorn sheep. They’re known to frequent the area.

Hoover Dam & Lake Mead

• The Hoover Dam created the nation’s largest reservoir—Lake Mead—covering 248 square miles and containing approximately 29 million acre-feet of water. One acre-foot is equivalent to about 325,000 gallons. As a result of a drought in the Colorado River Basin, Lake Mead has since dropped to its lowest water level since it was first filled in the 1930s.
• It took a total of 21,000 workers to build the Hoover Dam. Each worker was paid an hourly wage ranging from $0.50 to $1.25. There were officially 96 construction-related fatalities, but no workers were buried alive while the Dam was poured.
• The Dam consists of approximately 4.3 million cubic yards of concrete—that’s enough concrete to pave a 16-foot-wide, 8-inch-thick road from San Francisco to New York City.
• The Hoover Dam is not the world’s tallest dam—that title belongs to the 1,001 foot high Jinping-I Dam in Liangshan, Sichuan, China.
• Lake Mead is America’s most diverse recreation area, with 600,000 hectares of mountains, canyons, and wilderness, plus two lakes where you can fish, participate in watersports, and swim.

About 40 miles east of Las Vegas, this is a great place to stop and stretch your legs while you snap a pic of Lake Mead, the Hoover Dam, and the Bypass Bridge. If you have the time, hop on a Hoover Dam tour and journey deep inside the Dam for a look at the hydroelectric generators, a chance to navigate the interior tunnels, and to learn more about the Dam. Guided tours run daily and are about one hour in duration.

The Hoover Dam isn’t directly en route for road trips to the North Rim or Grand Canyon East, so if you’re heading in that direction, you might be better off making a separate trip or taking a guided Hoover Dam tour from Las Vegas so you can take your time to truly enjoy the visit.

After your visit to the Hoover Dam, cross the Bypass Bridge into Arizona.

ROAD TRIP TIP: Arizona does not observe daylight saving. After you cross the border, double check your timezones so you can adjust your clocks accordingly and stay on schedule.

• Grand Canyon West

Continue 100 miles from the Hoover Dam to Grand Canyon West. If you don’t have time to visit Grand Canyon West and the South Rim, stay on Highway 93 till you reach Kingman, AZ .

While you’re there, be sure to check out Eagle Point and Guano Point, as well as attractions like the Skywalk, Hualapai Ranch, and the new zipline.

Learn more about what you can do and see at Grand Canyon West:

These 3 Viewpoints Will Make You Want to Visit the Grand Canyon’s West Rim

• September 24, 2021

The Grand Canyon’s West Rim has no shortage of breathtaking vistas and experiences to offer.

How Did They Build the Skywalk?

• August 24, 2021

Learn how this 1.2 million pound steel and glass structure is able to extend straight out from the edge of Eagle Point, 4,000 feet above the Canyon floor.

8 Reasons Why You Should Visit the West Rim

• August 10, 2021

There are many advantages to visiting the West Rim. Here’s why you should make the short trip to the West Rim next time you’re in Las Vegas.

8 Questions We Know You Have About the Grand Canyon Skywalk

• August 9, 2021

How does the Skywalk stay up? How thick is the glass? Keep reading to get the answer to all your questions about the Grand Canyon Skywalk.

Route 66: Kingman and Seligman, AZ

After visiting Grand Canyon West, it’s time to get your kicks on Route 66. Hop on the Mother Road in Kingman, AZ and continue your journey along one of the original highways in the U.S. Highway System.

ROUTE 66 FACT: Route 66 was established in 1926. Also known as the Main Street of America and the Mother Road, Route 66 originally stretched from Chicago through Missouri, Kansas, Oklahoma, Texas, New Mexico, and Arizona before culminating in California. Because it crossed the majority of the country, it was one of the main routes for people migrating west during the 1930s Dust Bowl.

Kingman, AZ

Kingman, AZ, is a common stop on the road between the Grand Canyon and Las Vegas or Los Angeles, and it’s where you’ll catch Route 66 if you’re planning a road trip to the Grand Canyon. With over 60 restaurants to choose from, including the famous Mr. D’z Route 66 Diner (try their famous homemade root beer), it’s a great place to stop for a bite to eat or to spend the night after exploring Grand Canyon West—you can even hunker down in one of the last remaining pre-WWII tourist motor courts. Kingman, AZ

Be sure to check out:

• The Arizona Route 66 Museum: Located across from Mr. D’z Route 66 Dinner, this museum features photos of Dust Bowl survivors and stories of post-WWII America, as well as an exhibit featuring the famous Burma-Shave signs that used to line the route.
• The old town area —it’s a living tribute to the Mother Road.
• The world’s longest Route 66 map, painted onto the side of the El Trovatore Motel. Also check out El Trovatore’s restored 100-foot neon sign.

ROAD TRIP TIP: Take a short 30-mile detour off Route 66 from Kingman to visit Oatman, AZ. This abandoned ghost town was originally founded in 1908, and is now home to just 135 people. Stop in for some quick souvenir shopping before you continue your journey to the South Rim.

Seligman, AZ

About 87 miles from Kingman along Route 66, Seligman is a great place to stop and stretch your legs on your way to the South Rim. There are only 500 inhabitants and few tourists. Check out the Route 66 General Store and the Return of the 50s Museum, and stop in at the Roadkill Cafe to try one of their famous buffalo burgers.

ROUTE HACK: If you want to save some time, skip the drive down Route 66 and hop on the I-40 instead. You’ll shave 14 miles off your trip.

Williams, AZ

Williams, AZ is your last stop on Route 66 (signposted here as Route 161). Despite its small size, there’s lots to do in Williams before you head to Tusayan and onto the Grand Canyon:

• Bearizona Drive-thru Wildlife Park: See bears, wolves, buffalo, and more, from the comfort and safety of your own car.
• Grand Canyon Brewing Co: If you’re a fan of craft brews, jump on a brewery tour or stop for a bite.
• Kaibab National Forest: Explore the Kaibab National Forest and try some of the many hiking trails that originate in Williams.
• Grand Canyon Railway: Bypass Tusayan and hop on the Grand Canyon Railway for a leisurely ride through the Arizona forest right to the Grand Canyon Village, complete with a (staged) train heist.

Williams is also a convenient place to spend the night—it’s about an hour’s drive to the South Rim, and hotels are more plentiful and affordable than inside the National Park.

Tusayan, AZ

Las Vegas → Springs Preserve → Boulder City →  Hoover Dam & Lake Mead → Grand Canyon West → Route 66: Kingman and Seligman, AZ → Williams, AZ → Tusayan → South Rim National Park → Return to Las Vegas or continue east → Grand Canyon East and Page, AZ → Flagstaff, Sedona, and Jerome → Montezuma Castle → Phoenix

A short 1-hour drive from Williams, Tusayan, AZ is your last stop before the Grand Canyon. Like Williams, Tusayan is a prime spot to spend the night, but since it’s only about 15 minutes from the South Rim, hotels book up quick, so book as far in advance as possible. Stop in at the National Geographic Visitor Center and the IMAX theater to learn all about the hidden secrets of the Grand Canyon before you make your way to the South Rim.

Grand Canyon South Rim National Park

Make the most of your Grand Canyon road trip and stay overnight at (or near) the South Rim. Two days gives you the perfect amount of time to snap pics at the most iconic viewpoints, explore the Grand Canyon Village , and even check out some hiking trails.

ROAD TRIP TIP: If you want to stay overnight inside the National Park, book your accommodation as early as possible. Hotels on the Rim can be fully booked up to a year in advance.

If you’re not staying overnight in the National Park or only have one day to explore, park your car in the lots near the main entrances and take advantage of the shuttle bus. It’s the best way to get around and easily access every viewpoint and attraction, including:

• Mojave Point
• The Grand Canyon Village
• Mather Point

Discover 11 more South Rim viewpoints to visit, find out what to do in the Grand Canyon Village, and more with our South Rim resources:

6 Iconic Grand Canyon Buildings Designed by Mary Colter

• August 25, 2021

Exploring the Grand Canyon Village

• August 20, 2021

Located on the South Rim within the Grand Canyon National Park, the Grand Canyon Village contains many of the Grand Canyon’s most iconic buildings and structures.

15 Breathtaking Grand Canyon South Rim Viewpoints [Updated in 2023]

• February 28, 2023

Some of the most recognizable Grand Canyon viewpoints can be found at the South Rim. Discover some of the most popular, from remote Yuma Point to Desert View Watchtower.

Should I Drive to the Grand Canyon from Las Vegas or Take a Guided Tour?

• July 28, 2021

Las Vegas is one of the closest major cities to the Grand Canyon, so the question for Vegas visitors isn’t “should I visit the Grand Canyon?”, it’s “should I drive myself to the Canyon, or take a guided tour?”.

Return to Las Vegas or continue east

From the South Rim, you can return to Las Vegas and check out any spots you might have missed on your way to the Grand Canyon, or you can continue east to explore the east rim and beyond on the East Edge segment of the Ultimate Las Vegas-Grand Canyon road trip.

The Ultimate Las Vegas-Grand Canyon Road Trip: East Edge route details

Continuing eastward? Here’s where to stop on your journey.

Grand Canyon East and Page, AZ

Page, AZ is the perfect home base for exploring the Grand Canyon East region, including Glen Canyon Dam, Horseshoe Bend (one of the most photographed natural places in the world), Marble Canyon, Antelope Canyon, and Lake Powell.

Spend a day exploring viewpoints like Horseshoe Bend and Antelope Canyon, then trade your tent, camper, or hotel room and rent a houseboat on Lake Powell for a relaxing break from the road.

FACT: Lake Powell is the second largest manmade lake in the United States, with nearly 2,000 miles of shoreline, more than 90 major canyons, and numerous sandy beaches.

Learn more about the Grand Canyon East region and find out what else you can do and see in our East Rim Guide.

From Page, you can head back west to Zion National Park and Bryce Canyon National Park, or detour northeast to Monument Valley before continuing on to Flagstaff, Sedona, and Jerome.

Flagstaff, Sedona, and Jerome, AZ

Las Vegas → Springs Preserve → Boulder City →  Hoover Dam & Lake Mead → Grand Canyon West → Route 66: Kingman and Seligman, AZ → Williams, AZ → Tusayan → South Rim National Park → Return to Las Vegas or continue east → Grand Canyon East and Page, AZ → Flagstaff, Sedona, and Jerome  → Montezuma Castle → Phoenix

Flagstaff, Jerome, and Sedona, AZ are all very close to each other—only about 70 miles separate Flagstaff and Jerome, with Sedona sitting right in the middle. You can easily explore all three towns in 2 or 3 days.

If you’re arriving from the east rim of the Grand Canyon or Monument Valley, your first stop will be Flagstaff. If your Las Vegas-Grand Canyon road trip originated in Phoenix, you’ll reach Jerome first.

Flagstaff is home to Mount Humphreys, Arizona’s tallest mountain, as well as the Arizona Snowbowl ski resort. The resort is open year round, with summertime activities like tubing, bungee trampolining, ropes courses, and more. You can also hop on the scenic chairlift for a ride up the western side of the San Francisco Peaks to catch birds-eye views of Northern Arizona, including the red rocks of Sedona and the Grand Canyon. There are also numerous hiking trails leading up to the resort and in the surrounding area.

The Flagstaff Arboretum is also worth a visit—this 200-acre botanical garden is home to 2,500 plant species, and one of the largest collections of mountain plants and wildflowers in the world.

DETOUR: Fans of the Eagles (the band) might recognize another town near Flagstaff. You too can stand on the corner of Winslow, Arizona—it’s only about an hour’s drive from Flagstaff. After a quick stop in Winslow, continue another 60 miles east to Petrified Forest National Park. From here, you can return to Flagstaff or continue on to Phoenix.

Situated in the middle of Arizona’s red mountains and right between Flagstaff and Jerome, Sedona is an ideal spot to set up camp while you explore the area. There are plenty of upscale hotels, spas, and restaurants to enjoy, as well as dozens of hiking and biking trails, and other activities such as:

• Sedona Trolley: Hop on board this historic trolley for a 55 minute narrated tour of Sedona’s landmarks and scenic overlooks.
• Oak Creek Canyon: About 4 miles outside of Sedona, this 12-mile long river gorge is a lovely place to stop for a picnic lunch.
• Meteor Crater: Created more than 50,000 years ago when a meteor crashed into the earth, this giant crater stretches 1 mile across and is more than 550 feet deep. Bonus for Eagles fans: it’s located just outside Winslow, AZ.

Founded in the late 19th century, Jerome was once a booming mining town with a population of more than 10,000 people. Today, it’s home to less than 500 people, but there’s lots to explore, including numerous ghost and vampire tours, as well as historical and heritage sites.

OFF THE BEATEN PATH: Adventurous travelers might enjoy an overnight stay at the Grand Hotel—formerly an insane asylum, the Grand Hotel is now considered one of the most haunted hotels in the country. If you’re a fan of the band Tool, take a trip to Caduceus Cellars—Maynard James Keenan’s winery—for a tasting.

Montezuma Castle

If you’re heading to Phoenix from Flagstaff, Sedona, or Jerome, stop at Montezuma Castle, just 25 miles outside of Jerome, to see the well-preserved ruins of an early cliff dwelling built around 700 AD by the pre-Columbian Sinagua people.

Whether you start your journey in Phoenix and head westward towards the Grand Canyon and Las Vegas, or end your epic Grand Canyon road trip from Las Vegas in Arizona’s state capital, there’s lots to see and do in Phoenix.

Enjoy the sunshine (Arizona’s capital city sees 310 days of sunshine per year) while you check out these activities and attractions:

• Street art on Roosevelt Row: Get that perfect vacation selfie (besides your #CanyonSelfie, of course).
• Camelback Mountain: Hike to the top of Camelback Mountain for some of the best views of the area. If you’re visiting in the summer, be sure to start early to beat the heat. There are also several less intensive hikes in the area.
• First Friday: On the first Friday of every month, downtown Phoenix turns into a huge street festival, complete with food trucks, live music, street exhibitions, and more.
• Taliesin West: Visit Frank Lloyd Wright’s famous home on the Frank Lloyd Wright Foundation’s Night Lights tour.
• Tubing: Float down the salt river in Tonto National Forest.
• South Mountain Park and Preserve: Explore over 16,000 acres of land, with over 50 miles of biking, hiking, and horseback riding trails.

If you’re planning a road trip to the Grand Canyon, Las Vegas is a great place to kickstart or wrap up your journey. You can reach each of the four rims of the Grand Canyon by car, and there are numerous places to visit on the way. See them all on the Ultimate Las Vegas-Grand Canyon road trip itinerary:

The Ultimate Grand Canyon Road Trip Guide

Get more tips for your Grand Canyon road trip in our comprehensive guide:

Itineraries

• 7 Popular Grand Canyon Road Trip Routes
• Las Vegas to the Grand Canyon
• Grand Canyon to Bryce Canyon and Zion National Park

Tips & Road Trip Hacks

• How To Plan a Road Trip

Related Posts

Which national parks close to las vegas should you visit.

• March 4, 2024

Top 10 Spots to Peep The Best Southwestern Petroglyphs

• May 23, 2023

How Was Bryce Canyon Formed + 6 Other Questions We Know You Have About Bryce Canyon National Park

• July 28, 2022

What Makes the Southwest Region Unique? What to Do & When to Visit the Southwest USA

• June 2, 2022

11 Easy Day Trips from Las Vegas

How to plan a road trip.

• January 12, 2022

Grand Canyon to Bryce Canyon and Zion National Park Road Trip Itinerary

7 grand canyon road trip itineraries.

• August 5, 2022

Driving to the Grand Canyon vs. Taking a Guided Tour

• January 5, 2022

Getting to the Grand Canyon

12 more national & state parks within driving distance of las vegas [updated in 2023].

Las Vegas is within easy driving distance of a number of iconic state and national monuments. Here are 12 of the most popular spots you can reach from Vegas.

• Grand Canyon South
• Grand Canyon North
• Grand Canyon East
• Login / Register

Albuquerque to Las Vegas Road Trip Itinerary

Your Albuquerque to Las Vegas road trip will take you through some of the most stunning sections of the American Southwest!

You’ll visit multiple National Parks Service sites, including several national monuments and a national park. You’ll have the option to add on a section national park if you’d like to extend your trip.

You’ll also find rolling desert landscapes, quaint towns along historic Route 66, and easy hikes for the entire family.

Below, I’ve shared my family’s favorite stops between Albuquerque and Las Vegas, including places to stay, our go-to campgrounds, where to eat, and other tips to help your road trip go smoothly.

I’ve also included several places where you can add on a side trip for even more fun in this part of the United States.

So, what are you waiting for? Let’s hit the road!

This post contains affiliates. If you purchase through the links below, I will receive a commission at no charge to you.

What to Expect when Visiting New Mexico, Arizona, and Nevada

1) watch your weather..

Since you’re in the desert for the entirety of this road trip, you’ll want to ensure that you are ready for weather.

In the summers, temperatures can easily soar over 90 degrees (and often much higher). Yes, it’s a dry heat, but you can still get dehydrated very quickly. Pack more water than you think you’ll need—and then add a bit more.

While the winters aren’t particularly harsh, and you won’t see substantial snow, you will face cool days and cold nights while in the desert.

If you’re camping at any point in the year, plan ways to stay warm in the evenings and night as the temperatures drop by 15-20 degrees once the sun goes down.

2) Dress for success.

Stay covered on the trails as you won’t have any natural cover. This means you’ll need a long sleeved sun shirt, hat, and plenty of sunscreen.

You’ll want to do so even in the winter months as you can still get burned, both by the sun and wind, when it’s chilly outside.

Layers are key in the desert. You’ll want to be able to regulate your body temperature in response to the constantly changing temperatures.

For more information on my favorite hiking clothes, check out these articles:

Best Kids Hiking Gear + Checklist

Best Hiking Clothes for Women: Building a Capsule Wardrobe

3) Go remote.

Much of this road trip itinerary follows I-40, which is a major interstate through the Southwest.

Even though you’ll have plenty of company on the road, there are several stretches where you won’t have easy access to any gas, snacks, or water.

Unlike on the Denver to Grand Canyon road trip itinerary , you won’t find road signs telling you the number of miles to the next set of facilities.

Stay ahead of your gas tank, and stop whenever you’re near one of the often infrequent exits.

When you get off of I-40, you’ll be following the original Route 66 for much of the way to Las Vegas. While there are small towns on this stretch, they, too, are miles apart, and not all have gas stations.

Albuquerque, NM, to Las Vegas, NV, Road Trip Itinerary

For the purposes of this itinerary, we’re moving west from Albuquerque, but you could just as easily do this road trip in reverse from Las Vegas to Albuquerque.

Regardless of which direction you’re planning to do this trip, you’ll want to tack on at least a day on either end to explore Albuquerque and Las Vegas, which I haven’t focused on here.

Another thing to note is that I’ve organized the following places as individual stops rather than as a day-by-day itinerary.

Going about the road trip itinerary this way means that you have more flexibility in making it your own. Plus, many of these sites are fairly close together, so you can choose how quickly you’d like to move through them.

That being said, you could easily do this road trip in 3-5 days without any of the suggested side trips.

Or, you could linger at each stop, fully exploring them, and completing the side trips for a road trip that lasted 1-2 weeks (or more, depending on how long you want at each place!).

There’s really no wrong way to go about this road trip.

I’ve included drive times between each stop to help you better organize your own version, as well as suggested areas to hike, eat, and/or camp.

Stop 1: Grants, New Mexico

As you set out from Albuquerque, the landscape outside of your car will be filled with rolling red deserts, sagebrush, and craggy cliffs.

However, as you approach Grants, New Mexico, that landscape begins to resemble the surface of the moon.

Huge chunks of a matte black substance push their way past the grass on either side of the road, and you might be left wondering if an asphalt truck blew up on this section of the highway.

But the answer is one that’s far more exciting than a malfunctioning piece of road machinery.

You’re seeing the results of volcanic activity that reshaped this part of western New Mexico between 700,000 and just 3,900 years ago.

You can explore more of this incredible natural wonder at the 2 main sites near Grants, New Mexico.

El Malpais National Monument

This NPS sites allows you to hike through and learn about the lava flows.

You’ll see how the unique geological formations here provided shelter to generations of Native Americans, particularly the Zuni and Acoma tribes, as well as Spanish explorers, the Navajo nation, and pioneers.

There are a variety of surface trails that allow you to access the different lava flow areas. More adventurous visitors can take a self-guided tour into one of the many lava tubes, but you’ll want to bring the appropriate safety gear.

The national monument is open year round, although some of the caves are off limits to the public during the winter to protect resident bats.

Ice Cave and Bandera Volcano

A privately owned site, the Ice Cave and Bandera Volcano is another great way to explore this fascinating landscape.

It’s not as large as the nearby NPS site, but it’s still worth a visit.

Included in the admission cost is a museum filled with Native American artifacts and 2 self-guided hikes. The Ice Cave stays chilly year round with naturally occurring sheets of ice on the walls.

It does close in the winter from November 1-March 1.

Stop 2: Petrified Forest National Park

The next major stop on I-40 West is going to be the exit for the Painted Desert Visitors Center at Petrified Forest National Park.

At the visitors center, you can grab a map of the park, pick up a souvenir, watch the park’s history movie, or have a picnic.

There’s also a gas station here. It’s really expensive, but convenient. There’s no other gas at this exit or anywhere in the park for another 25-30 miles.

Once you’re in the park, you’ll be able to see the southern end of the Painted Desert, which has red, orange, grey, blue, purple, and yellow layers in the worn away rock.

On the end of the park closest to Holbrook, you’ll be able to see fields of petrified trees from the forest that once stood here more than 250 million years ago.

More posts to help you with your time at Petrified Forest National Forest:

1 Day Petrified Forest National Park Itinerary

5 Best Hikes in Petrified Forest National Park

Stop 3: Holbrook, AZ

Although I-40 parallels—and in some places, directly overlays—historic Route 66, Holbrook, Arizona is the first place on this road trip where you can drive or walk along the actual Route 66.

Holbrook isn’t the most exciting place along this stretch of Route 66 (I think Winslow, below, is a much better stop), but it does have a few items to see beyond the handful of large gas stations next to I-40.

The Wigwam Motel in downtown Holbrook was the inspiration for the Cozy Cone Motel in Cars , and it is only 1 of 3 remaining concrete teepee-style motels from the once popular chain.

While we haven’t stayed at the one in Holbrook, we did stay at the sister site, the historic Wigwam Village in Cave City, Kentucky .

Holbrook also has a couple of shops that sell petrified wood and other minerals. It’s illegal to take wood from the national park, so this is a good alternative if you’d like a souvenir.

We used Holbrook as a base for this entire area during our last visit to Arizona. The Holbrook KOA is an excellent choice for families with plenty of amenities and easy on-off from I-40.

>> Full review here: Holbrook, AZ, KOA: Best Camping near Petrified Forest National Park . <<

Stop 4: Winslow, AZ

Less than 30 minutes west of Holbrook is the quaint town of Winslow, AZ.

Also located on Route 66, Winslow has several reasons why you’d want to visit: a fascinating history, a cute downtown area, and a tie-in to classic rock.

Downtown Winslow, Arizona

For fans of ‘70s rock, you won’t want to miss Standin’ on a Corner Park in the heart of downtown Winslow, Arizona.

This little town was immortalized in the second verse of The Eagles’ 1972 hit, “Take It Easy.” Winslow is noted in the song and was inspired by a road trip that the members took as they were trying to finish their debut album.

Fifty years later, people still visit by the bus load to take their picture with the iconic flatbed Ford and the massive Route 66 sign at the park.

Discover what else you can do in this adorable town in my complete guide to Winslow, Arizona, on historic Route 66 .

Homolovi Ruins State Park

About 5 miles to the north of Winslow is another great place to visit: Homolovi Ruins State Park.

Here, you can learn about 2 archeological sites that focus on different native people who called this area home from roughly 1000-1400 CE.

Of the 2, we found that the Homolovi II hike had more to see for our kids, but both are worth a visit if you’re into history.

You can also take a short hike to the Mormon pioneer graveyard behind the visitors center, which is the only remaining part of the small village that existed here in the late 1880s.

Keep an eye out for the park’s many wild burros, which are often found on the rugged hills along the main road.

Stop 5: Meteor Crater

If you’ve ever wanted to feel small, Meteor Crater is an excellent place to do so.

Created by a meteor about 50,000 years ago, this massive site is so much more than just a big hole in the ground.

Of course, the crater itself is a highlight—and you must make time for the 45-minute tour of the crater rim (included in the cost of admission).

You can also see and touch a piece of the meteor, walk through multiple interactive museum areas, experience a 4D ride about space and the crater, and shop for space-themed souvenirs.

Kids should complete the scavenger hunt booklets to receive a free science ranger patch.

There are also picnic tables inside of the property, making this a great stop mid-day between Winslow and Flagstaff.

You’ll find easy RV parking in the back lot.

Stop 6: Flagstaff, AZ

Flagstaff is worth at least a day on your trip—if not longer.

Here, you can hike in Walnut Canyon National Monument, the Kachina Wetlands Preserve, or Picture Canyon.

For those interested in history, the Pioneer Museum and the Museum of Northern Arizona are great choices.

You can learn more about the spooky side of the city with a ghost tour of downtown Flagstaff .

From Flagstaff, you can add on two possible side trips, one north of the city, and one south.

Side trip 1: Sedona, AZ

A short 45 minute drive south of Flagstaff is this quirky city with a New Age vibe. Here, you can find everything from healing crystal shops to hot springs to incredible hiking.

You could easily spend an entire vacation exploring Sedona’s many shopping centers and museums, and hiking the dozens of excellent trails around the city.

Side trip 2: Grand Canyon National Park

You can easily drive to the Grand Canyon in your rental car, or you can join up with a guided tour of the Grand Canyon from Flagstaff .

Either way, expect a full day of sightseeing: you’ll want to be on the road no later than 8 AM to maximize your time in the Grand Canyon.

It’s about an hour and a half from downtown Flagstaff to the South Rim at the Grand Canyon, but the journey is half the fun. There are some beautiful overlooks in the desert along this stretch of Highways 180 and 64.

If you’re visiting the Grand Canyon with kids , don’t forget to note my family’s favorite kid-friendly activities here.

Stop 7: Seligman, AZ

From Flagstaff, you’ll head west on I-40 again.

While you could continue on the way from Flagstaff to Kingman fully on I-40, I highly recommend that you hop onto Route 66 at Seligman.

Not only is Seligman kitschy in the best way possible, the stretch of Route 66 from Seligman through Peach Springs and down to Kingman, Arizona, is breathtaking.

I don’t know about you, but a road trip isn’t a road trip without some backroad driving!

Seligman is small, but it is a great place to stop for lunch and dessert.

Roadkill Cafe and OK Saloon

The oddly named Roadkill Cafe and OK Saloon is Route 66 quirkiness at its peak.

Despite what the menu items might lead you to believe, you can’t actually get an armadillo burger here.

What you will find are fresh cooked diner meals—burgers, chicken fingers, fries, and the like—served up in restaurant where the food and the decor are equal draws.

After you’ve tucked in, browse the gift shop/museum in the back.

And don’t forget to get a few pictures outside at the faux Wild West town on the other side of the parking lot!

Delgadillo’s Snow Cap

About a block east from the Roadkill Cafe is the vintage Delgadillo’s Snow Cap, which offers dozens of milkshake flavors. (They also have burgers, fries, and other drive-in style food, but we have always gone straight for the desserts here!)

A Route 66 staple since the early 1950s, the employees still sling ice cream with a side of sarcasm. Don’t take too long to order, or the window attendant will poke fun of you!

The inside and outside of Delgadillo’s is covered in vintage signs, photos, postcards, and more. Linger a bit as you enjoy your shake.

As you continue west from Seligman towards Kingman, look for the Burma Shave signs that pepper the road side.

These are funny 4-part poems that always end in a Berma Shave shoutout. In addition to advertising this popular hair cream, the signs were also placed along Route 66 to keep drivers alert.

Stop 8: Kingman, AZ

Kingman is the largest town between Flagstaff and Las Vegas on this itinerary, so it’s a great place to stop for gas, groceries, or rest.

If you’re into the history of the Mother Road, you need to plan several hours here.

First, get a picture with the historic Route 66 sign! This is located on the eastern end of the downtown area on Route 66 (also known as Andy Devine Avenue in this section).

If you’d like another photo op, there’s another Route 66 sign in the parking lot to the Arizona Route 66 Museum, also on Andy Devine Avenue near Locomotive Park.

Both the museum and Locomotive Park are worth stops, too, especially if you’d like to learn more about the various forms of transportation that created Kingman and other Route 66 towns.

Once you’re ready to leave Kingman, you’ll want to head northwest on Highway 93, which will ultimately take you directly into Las Vegas through Henderson, Nevada.

But before we can make it to Las Vegas, we’ve still got some more exploring to do.

Along this highway, you’ll find several overlooks, and I encourage you to stop whenever one strikes your fancy.

This road trip is one where the topography changes constantly, and you’ll notice that this stretch of Highway 93 looks quite different than what you just left along Route 66.

The Crane’s Nest Wash Overpass is well marked with an easy, paved access point. It will be on your left about 5 miles south of the Hoover Dam.

Another great place to stop is the trailhead for the Spooky Canyon hike . This is an easy, flat trail that takes you into a slot canyon.

Stop 9: Hoover Dam

To maximize your experience of this area, I recommend downloading the GuideAlong tour for Las Vegas, Hoover Dam and Red Rock Canyon .

We’ve used these tours on many of our road trips, and I love that I can get a fully narrated tour for less than the cost of lunch for my family.

Plus, it doesn’t need wifi once it’s downloaded, and you can start and stop as many times as you need!

You’ll want to stop in the Hoover Dam Visitors Center and get tickets for the guided tour.

The Hoover Dam is an engineering marvel, and it’s worth a few hours of your time even if you’re not particularly interested in engineering history.

The scale of this project can only be appreciated by walking through the structure itself.

You can get another perspective of the Hoover Dam and the Colorado River with a guided rafting tour below the Hoover Dam . Great for all ages, this leisurely water-based tour lets you see the ways that the dam changed the river’s flow and ecosystem forever.

Final Stop: Las Vegas!

Your road trip is over, but the fun doesn’t have to end here.

Las Vegas is well worth a day or two of your time at the end of your trip: see the Bellagio fountains, go shopping along the Strip, and take in a show at the Sphere.

I hope that your family enjoyed this road trip as much as we have.

Happy travels!

Interested in other Southwestern adventures?

Denver to Grand Canyon Road Trip Itinerary

Monument Valley with Kids

KOA in Tucumcari, NM: A Review

Best New Mexico Campgrounds for Families

Santa Fe to White Sands Road Trip

Choose your own adventure: Where to go and how to save on summer vacations

Revenge travel is so last year.

“It's not necessarily about just getting out of the house anymore,” said Sydney Stanback, Global Insights and Trends lead at Pinterest, which has seen more than 1 billion travel searches and more than 10 billion travel saves over the past year. 

Sure, many of the usual suspects are once again among the most popular destinations across multiple search engines this year, but she said this summer, “It's more so about traveling with intention.” 

According to NerdWallet’s Summer 2024 Travel Report , 45% of Americans plan to take a trip requiring a hotel stay or flight this summer with expenses averaging just under $3,600. A fifth of those travelers expect to go into debt to pay for vacations.

Here’s what to consider when booking a summer trip, including where to go, when to travel and how to save:

Learn more: Best travel insurance

What is the best place to travel in summer? 

The answer is subjective, especially this summer.

“Everyone's kind of choosing their own adventure based off of what their needs are for travel,” Stanback said. 

Pinterest’s Summer 2024 Travel Report found summer travelers are most interested in adventure, exploring mysterious or uncharted destinations, and rest. Searches for “quiet life” jumped 530%, but that doesn’t mean the same thing to everyone.

“My mother actually just took a yoga retreat to Panama,” Stanback said. “That's what she needed to do in order to get the rest that she needed and the well-being that she needed. But for me, when I think of rest and restoration, I simply think about going to a beach spa and just sitting and being by myself.”

Solo travel remains popular. Solo travel searches reached an all-time high in Google in January, but again, not for everyone.

“For Gen Z specifically, that need is to gather and reconnect with their community because they were in isolation for so long and during very meaningful moments in their lives,” Stanback said. She noted group travel and road trips are of keen interest to Gen Z.

“It's not necessarily about traveling and going out and going to restaurants and going to bars and clubs,” she added. “We actually see that a lot with younger generations. They’re kind of stepping away from that and really considering their well-being when they're taking time off.”

Where do most tourists go in summer?

Expedia’s Summer Outlook and Google Flights identified the same cities among their most searched summer 2024 destinations based on flights, though rankings varied by platform.

Top 5 domestic destinations 

◾ Orlando, Florida

◾ Los Angeles

◾ Las Vegas

Top 5 international destinations

◾ Cancun, Mexico

◾ Paris, host of the Summer Olympics

Allianz Partners found slightly different results in their analysis of “more than six million flight itineraries for trips between five and eight days in length for travel booked between Memorial Day weekend and Labor Day.”

Instead of LA and Vegas, Allianz named Boston and Honolulu among this summer’s top five domestic destinations. Internationally, San Jose del Cabo, Mexico; Oranjestad, Aruba; and Punta Cana, Dominican Republic, made Allianz’s top five, instead of Rome, Paris and Tokyo.

“I am expecting crowds to rival last summer's in popular overseas cities,” Expedia’s travel expert Melanie Fish said, noting how places like Barcelona and Venice are trying to curb overtourism. “They're trying fees and if that's not enough, they're going to have to go even further.”

How can I save on a trip?

Summer trips are already costly for many travelers. “Americans with household income under $100,000 accounted for nearly half (46%) of intended leisure travel spend in summer 2023,” according to Deloitte’s Facing travel’s future report from April.

Expedia’s Fish shared five tips for booking summer 2024 vacations:

◾ Bundle your trip. Booking airfare and a hotel at the same time can earn you deep discounts.

◾ Travel midweek or later in the summer if it's an option. You'll save money and save yourself from fighting crowds. 

• ◾ Fly early in the day … The early bird who takes the first flight of the day will typically get a better price and a lower chance of delays and cancellations. ◾ Book once, earn twice. You can stack rewards from your travel credit card (and) your airline.◾ Just go. Don't pressure yourself to create the trip of a lifetime … Do it in a bite-sized chunk if possible. 

'Expensive in every way': What travelers should expect this summer

How far ahead should I book travel?

“The sweet spot is now,” Fish said. “We're within that 21- to 60-day pre-travel window to save around 15% on airfare, so now is the time to plan. That means ready, set, but maybe wait until August to actually go.”

She said travelers can save an average of $250 on international flights if they wait until the peak summer travel season passes. 

“It's 15% cheaper on average to fly domestically in August versus June, 30% cheaper to fly to Europe in late summer, and 55% cheaper to fly to Mexico and the Caribbean in August,” she said. “Of course, August is peak hurricane season , so that has something to do with that price dip.”

• Car Rentals
• Airport Transfers
• Attractions & Tours
• Flight + Hotel
• Destinations
• Trip.com Rewards

Bruno Mars Las Vegas 2024 (Las Vegas) | Dolby Live

Get ready to groove at Bruno Mars Las Vegas, a spectacular concert taking place at Dolby Live on August 23, 2024. The venue, located at 3770 S. Las Vegas Blvd, Las Vegas, NV, 89109, will come alive with the electrifying performance of Bruno Mars. With hit songs like [songs mentioned], the show promises to be an unforgettable experience for music lovers. Make sure to mark your calendars as tickets for Bruno Mars Las Vegas will be available for purchase from February 23, 2024, at 18:00 until August 24, 2024, at 04:00. Don't miss out on the chance to witness Bruno Mars in action in the vibrant city of Las Vegas. Join the crowd and let the music transport you to a whole new world at Bruno Mars Las Vegas!

Provided by Genn | Published May 14, 2024

Are you interested in Bruno Mars Las Vegas 2024 (Las Vegas)?

Recommended products for bruno mars las vegas 2024 (las vegas) | dolby live, aria sky suites, skylofts at mgm grand, east fremont street, more contents about las vegas.

• Customer Support
• Service Guarantee
• More Service Info
• Website Feedback
• About Trip.com
• Terms & Conditions
• Privacy Statement
• About Trip.com Group

Other Services

• Investor Relations
• Affiliate Program
• List My Property
• Become a Supplier

From hangover treatment to hotel amenity

Recreational IV drips may be most famously associated with hangovers, but they can purportedly alleviate a wide range of symptoms, such as dehydration, brain fog, nausea and lethargy. Prices vary by city and type of IV cocktail, but basic drips start at about $150 and can rise fivefold or more.

IV drip clinics have been proliferating around the world. A number of Four Seasons spas — Orlando, Washington D.C., Maui, New York City — offer the amenity. At the Ranch , a wellness retreat in Malibu and New York’s Hudson Valley, guests can receive a drip poolside or in the privacy of their room. Shoppers can indulge in a different kind of retail therapy at Harrod’s in London and the Dubai Mall. Even cruise ships are getting in on the trend.

“This is global,” Kapp said. “I was in Honduras for a convention and they were doing IVs.”

But like pizza and barbecue, there are regional IV preferences.

In Type-A cities like Washington and New York City, travelers often book drips with the hopes of building their immunity and energy reserves. In avant-garde wellness destinations such as Los Angeles and Miami, the treatment is part of the broader longevity movement. In party towns with gaggles of bachelor and bachelorette parties, IV drips are fire hoses pumping out hangover cures.

Rose Salo, founder of San Diego IV , said she became of aware of IV drips as a wedding activity through actress Sofia Vergara, who provided the amenity at her 2015 nuptials. Since then, Salo said the “bougie luxury service” has gone mainstream. She said some groups book the treatment in advance, as part of their travel itinerary. Others call her in desperation, as if she were running an urgent care clinic.

“A lot of times we get bookings on the day-of,” she said. “They’ll wake up feeling like complete garbage and they have another day of shenanigans ahead of them. They’ll call us and say, “Can you have someone here ASAP?'”

At Reviv in the Cosmopolitan resort in Las Vegas , Jesse Schwartz, a registered nurse, recommends a reactive strategy: Do the damage first, then come in for a reboot. The IV bag will have the greatest effect when you are at your lowest point — dehydrated, exhausted, nauseous. After the IV flushes out the toxins, you can jump right back into the Vegas game.

“Once you get the hangover bag or the vitamin boost bag, you can go out and do what you want,” he said.

Los Angeles resident Chris Harmon first tried an IV treatment not to tackle a hangover but to battle a virus. His doctor, who works at Cure Medical in the Four Seasons Hotel Westlake Village , prescribed a Myers cocktail. The drip did the trick, and he now averages 20 to 30 IVs a year.

The chief operating officer of a drug and alcohol treatment program in Malibu incorporates them into his travels. On a trip to the Sacramento area, he booked an appointment with a well-reviewed physician he found online. During the 45-minute session, he read his Kindle and relaxed while the IV worked its magic. He has also juiced up in his Austin hotel room during a visit with friends.

“It gave me more energy,” Harmon said. “I remember feeling the benefit immediately.”

The mechanics of the drip

Depending on state requirements, you might have to meet with a licensed medical practitioner for a consultation and vitals check before a drip. The treatment is usually administered by a registered nurse or a professional with comparable training. Some conditions could preclude you from treatment, such as pregnancy or certain heart, liver or kidney diseases.

“The reason that we rely very heavily on our medical team is that we sometimes have to turn people away who aren’t great candidates,” said Derek Hofmann, senior spa director at the Four Seasons Resort Orlando. “We err on the side of caution.”

People suffering from trypanophobia will be relieved to know that the nurse uses a needle only briefly, to insert the catheter. The treatment can last from 30 minutes to several hours.

Despite their popularity outside of hospitals, many experts in the medical and wellness fields are wary of IV drips. Beth McGroarty, vice president of research at the Global Wellness Institute, said the injection can lead to serious infections caused by improperly sterilized equipment or unclean skin. A reaction might occur during the treatment or hours to a day later.

In addition, flooding your body with unnecessary vitamins, minerals and other substances can cause toxicity and overwhelm your kidneys. To underscore her point, she cited a Texas woman who died of cardiac arrest last year after an electrolyte injection.

McGroarty also takes issue with the lack of federal oversight. The states regulate the practitioners, though governmental agencies occasionally step in with warnings.

In 2021, the Food and Drug Administration alerted consumers about unsanitary conditions at medical offices and clinics that administer treatments involving compounded drug products such as IV drips. “Contaminated, or otherwise poor quality, compounded drug products can lead to serious patient illnesses, including death,” the agency stated.

For Tofel’s drip, Madison Gnan, a registered nurse, removed the sterile items from their packaging, pulled nine vials of her travel case and made the cocktail to order.

“ I would not go to a place that doesn’t open it in front of you,” Tofel said.

Las Vegas, ground zero for luxury IVs

Though the treatment is commonplace, Las Vegas still feels like the epicenter of IV drips. Like Elvis impersonators, they are inescapable. During a recent stay on the Strip, I would pass clinics on my morning coffee run and during my aimless wanderings in the black hole of casinos. On a search for my hotel’s fitness center, I ended up inside an IV drip lounge.

I get a little wigged out by foreign objects embedded in my skin, but I mustered up the courage to stop by several places and ask my inner elbow: Do we dare?

I started at Ageless Las Vegas in Caesars Palace, which evoked the mysterious and moody atmosphere of a speakeasy. Co-founder Rio Alabastro showed me a red pinprick in her inner elbow. She said she had felt a little sluggish that morning and gave herself a little Get-Up-and-Go, one of the options she recommended to a virgin dripper. On my way out, she handed me a QR code with a discount.

Regenerate Me has three locations on the Strip. The outpost in the Linq Hotel sits across from a Dunkin’, so you can put your drip to work with a doughnut and chemically flavored coffee. The attendant told me most people order a hangover cure. I showed up at lunchtime, so I was either too late or too early for the rush.

The company’s clinic in Planet Hollywood was also empty. I peered through a gap in the treatment room and saw a row of reclining massage chairs arranged around a TV set. It felt like a den in Middle America.

Reviv has more than 80 locations, including the United Kingdom, Dubai and the Cosmopolitan in Vegas. The facility was predominantly furnished in white and emitted a vibe that was more Scandinavian lounge than sanitized hospital. Schwartz, whose arm displayed the mark of an IV, said about two dozen people had dropped in for IV treatments that day. Unless I drank more, I wouldn’t be the next.

More travel news

How we travel now: More people are taking booze-free trips — and airlines and hotels are taking note. Some couples are ditching the traditional honeymoon for a “buddymoon” with their pals. Interested? Here are the best tools for making a group trip work.

Bad behavior: Entitled tourists are running amok, defacing the Colosseum , getting rowdy in Bali and messing with wild animals in national parks. Some destinations are fighting back with public awareness campaigns — or just by telling out-of-control visitors to stay away .

Safety concerns: A door blew off an Alaska Airlines Boeing 737 Max 9 jet, leaving passengers traumatized — but without serious injuries. The ordeal led to widespread flight cancellations after the jet was grounded, and some travelers have taken steps to avoid the plane in the future. The incident has also sparked a fresh discussion about whether it’s safe to fly with a baby on your lap .

• Airport Transfers
• Attractions & Tours
• Flight + Hotel
• Destinations
• Trip.com Rewards

Jim Jefferies 2024 (Las Vegas) | The Mirage Theatre

Mark your calendars for the upcoming Jim Jefferies concert at The Mirage Theatre on August 31, 2024. Located at 3400 Las Vegas Blvd South, Las Vegas, NV, 89109, this event promises to be a night to remember. With tickets going on sale from October 13, 2023, at 5:00 PM until September 1, 2024, at 7:00 AM, fans have ample time to secure their spot at this highly anticipated show. Known for his sharp wit and hilarious anecdotes, Jim Jefferies is sure to deliver a performance that will have the audience in stitches. So, don't miss out on this opportunity to experience one of the most talented comedians of our time live on stage. Book your tickets early to avoid disappointment and get ready for a night full of laughter and entertainment. It's going to be a show you won't want to miss!

Provided by QB | Published May 14, 2024

Are you interested in Jim Jefferies 2024 (Las Vegas)?

Recommended products for jim jefferies 2024 (las vegas) | the mirage theatre, aria sky suites, skylofts at mgm grand, east fremont street, more contents about las vegas.

• Customer Support
• Service Guarantee
• More Service Info
• Website Feedback
• About Trip.com
• Terms & Conditions
• Privacy and Cookies
• About Trip.com Group

Other Services

• Investor Relations
• Affiliate Program
• List My Property
• Become a Supplier